CSV472137 John Deere (Tianjin) 6110B Test Report

VCA, 1 Eastgate Office Centre,
Eastgate Road, Bristol, BS5 6XX, United Kingdom

enquiries@vca.gov.uk | www.vehicle-certification-agency.gov.uk |
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0
This test report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of
the technical service.
Test Report:
Approval of Agricultural Forestry Vehicles
Whole Vehicle Type Approval for Category T Tractors
Legislation
Commission Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 as amended by 2018/830
Test Details
Location of Test: Luoyang Tractor Research Institute Co., Ltd

No.39 Xiyuan Road, Jianxi District, Luoyang,
Henan Province, China
Date of Test: 21 August 2019
VCA Representative(s): Du Song, Wang Zuowei
Manufacturer’s Representative(s): Mr. Zhang
Reason for Test Report: New approval /Extension of Approval / Test Report Only
Manufacturer Details
Name and Address: John Deere (Tianjin) Company Limited

No. 89 Avenue, TEDA, Tianjin, P.R. China
Type/Variant/Version: 6110B
Commercial Description: NA
Category and Subcategory T1a
Conclusion
The above mentioned vehicle was tested in accordance with the above mentioned legislation and
was found to comply in all respects. This report relates only to the items tested.
Witness Engineer/ Test Engineer

Signature:
Name: Du Song
Position: Type Approval Engineer
Date: 16 September 2019
List of Annexes
Annex No of Pages Subject

I
II
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
TR-T-FD-001 Revision 3 Page 1 of 7
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Issue Record
Issue 0 is original report
Worst Case Rationale
Variant1:6110B-Cab-Premium, Variant2:6110B-Cab-Deluxe,
Variant3:6110B-OOS-standard,Variant4:6110B-OOS-Deluxe
Only Sound level (exterior) ,braking , lighting devices installation, EMC , rear view mirror
installation tests are carried out according to John Deere’s demand.
Note: Include information on variants and versions this report covers, as applicable. Supporting documents may be
annexed to this report
Vehicle Specification
Vehicle Identification Number: See the sub-test report
Manufacturer’s Documentation
Manufacturer’s documentation is complete and reflects the agreed specification for the
Yes
vehicle tested and covers all variants and versions agreed in the worst case rationale.
Facility and Equipment Checks
Calibration certificates checked and valid, recorded in the following table: NA
Equipment Serial / Certificate No. Calibration due*
*Specify calibrated date + (interval) or calibration due date.
Test Report History

List this report and previous reports, with extension details.
Report Number Level of WV Extension Reason for Extension Date of Issue

CSV472137 00 Not applicable As stamp
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Test Report References
As amended
Regulatory
Approval Test by / stage of Applicable
Item Subject act Report implementation to version
reference
/ comment
Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements
2015/208
1 Vehicle structure integrity NA NA NA
Annex II
Maximum design speed, speed
2015/208
2 governors and speed limitation NA NA NA
Annex III
devices
Vehicle Braking Requirements
Braking devices and trailer
3 2015/68 CSV472137 2018/828 ALL
brake coupling
Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements (continued)
2015/208 NA NA NA
4 Steering for fast tractors
Annex IV
2015/208 NA NA NA
5 Steering
Annex V
2015/208
6 Speedometers NA NA NA
Annex VI
Field of vision and windscreen 2015/208 NA
7 NA NA
wipers Annex VII
2015/208
8 Glazing NA NA NA
Annex VIII
2015/208 2018/829
9 Rear-view mirrors CSV472137 NA
Annex IX Annex IX
2015/208 NA NA NA
10 Driver information systems
Annex X
Lighting, light signalling 2015/208
11 NA NA NA
devices and their light sources Annex XI
2015/208 2018/829
12 Lighting installation CSV472137 ALL
Annex XII Annex XII
Vehicle occupant protection, NA NA NA
including interior fittings, head 2015/208
13
restraints, seat belts, vehicle Annex XIII
doors
Vehicle exterior and 2015/208 NA NA NA
14
accessories Annex XIV UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
As amended by
Regulatory / stage of
Approval Test Applicable
Item Subject act
Report implementation / to version
reference
comment
2015/208 2018/829
15 Electro-magnetic compatibility CSV472139 ALL
Annex XV Annex XII
2015/208 NA NA NA
16 Audible warning devices
Annex XVI
2015/208 NA NA NA
17 Heating systems
Annex XVII
2015/208 NA NA NA
Devices to prevent
18 Annex
unauthorised use
XVIII
2015/208 NA NA NA
19 Registration plates
Annex XIX
2015/208 NA NA NA
20 Statutory plates and markings
Annex XX
Dimensions and trailer 2015/208 NA NA NA
21
masses Annex XXI
2015/208 NA NA NA
22 Maximum laden mass
Annex XXII
2015/208 NA NA NA
23 Ballast masses Annex
XXIII
2015/208 NA NA NA
24 Safety of electrical systems Annex
XXIV
2015/208 NA NA NA
25 Fuel tanks
Annex XXV
2015/208 NA NA NA
28 Load platforms Annex
XXVIII
2015/208 NA NA NA
29 Towing devices Annex
XXIX
2015/208 NA NA NA
30 Tyres
Annex XXX
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
As amended by
Item Subject act
reference
comment

2015/208
31 Spray-suppression systems Annex NA NA NA
XXXI
2015/208 NA NA NA
32 Reverse gear Annex
XXXII
2015/208 NA NA NA
34 Mechanical couplings Annex
XXXIV
Vehicle Construction Requirements
Access to repair and 1322/2014
NA NA NA
maintenance information Annex V
Roll-over protection 1322/2014
35 NA NA NA
structures (dynamic testing) Annex VI
Roll-over protection 1322/2014 1322/2014
37 CSV472137 ALL
structures (static testing) Annex VIII Annex V
Roll-over protection
structures (front mounted
1322/2014
38 roll-over protective NA NA NA
Annex IX
structures on narrow-track
tractors)
Roll-over protection
structures (rear mounted
1322/2014
39 roll-over protective NA NA NA
Annex X
structures on narrow-track
tractors)
Falling objects protection 1322/2014
40 NA NA NA
structures Annex XI
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
As amended by
Item Subject act
reference
comment
Vehicle Construction Requirements (continued)

1322/2014
41 Passenger seats NA NA NA
Annex XII
Driver's exposure to noise 1322/2014
42 NA NA NA
level Annex XIII
1322/2014
43 Driving seat and position NA NA NA
Annex XIV
Operating space, access to 1322/2014
44 NA NA NA
the driving seat Annex XV
1322/2014
45 Power Take off NA NA NA
Annex XVI
Protection of Drive 1322/2014
46 NA NA NA
Components Annex XVII
1322/2014
47 Seat-belt anchorages NA NA NA
Annex XVIII
1322/2014
48 Safety belts NA NA NA
Annex XIX
Protection against 1322/2014
49 NA NA NA
penetrating objects Annex XX
1322/2014
50 Exhaust system NA NA NA
Annex XXI
1322/2014
51 Operator's Manual NA NA NA
Annex XXII
Control devices, including
safety and reliability of
1322/2014
52 control systems and NA NA NA
Annex XXIII
emergency and automatic
stop devices
Protection against other 1322/2014
53 NA NA NA
mechanical hazards Annex XXIV
Guards and protective 1322/2014
54 NA NA NA
devices Annex XXV
Information, warnings and 1322/2014
55 NA NA NA
markings Annex XXVI
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
As amended by
Item Subject act
reference
comment
Vehicle Construction Requirements (continued)

1322/2014
56 Materials and products Annex NA NA NA
XXVII
1322/2014
57 Batteries Annex NA NA NA
XXVIII
Emergency exits 1322/2014
58 NA NA NA
(See Item 44) Annex XV
Cab ventilation and filtration
1322/2014
59 Protection against NA NA NA
Annex XXIX
hazardous substances
1322/2014
Burning rate of materials
60 Annex NA NA NA
(See Item 56)
XXVII
Environmental and Propulsion Unit Performance Requirements
2015/96
61 Pollutant emissions NA NA NA
Annex III
2015/96 Regulation EU
62 Sound level (exterior) CSV472137 ALL
Annex III 2018/985
Remarks
None
Note: VCA apply measurement uncertainty to calibrated items but not test results.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Inspection/Test Report:
Vehicle Braking Requirements (RVBR)
Category T Tractors (Non ABS, Non Hydrostatic)
Legislation
Commission Regulation (EU) No 2015/68 as amended by 2018/828

Annexes: I, II, III, V, XIII
Test Details

VCA Representative(s): Nitin Jangra/ Gray Du
Manufacturer’s Representative(s): Shibo Zhang
Reason for Test Report: New approval / Extension of approval / Test report only
Name and Address: John Deere(Tianjin) Company Limited

No. 89. Avenue, TEDA, Tianjin, P.R. China
Type: 6110B
Category: T1a Tractor
Conclusion
was found to comply in respect of the requirements detailed on page 2. This report relates only to
the items tested.
Witness Engineer/Test Engineer

Signature:
Name: Nitin Jangra

Date: 24 August 2019
List of Annexes
Annex No of Pages Subject UK

I 3 6110B brake test-Variant1 Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
TR-T-RVBR-007 Revision 1 Page 1 of 28
+44(0) 300 330 5797
II 3 6110B brake test-Variant4
Issue Record
Variant1 6110B-Cab-Premium as tested vehicle to cover variant2 6110B-Cab-Deluxe

Variant4 6110B-OOS-Deluxe with max vehicle speed as tested vehicle to cover variant3
Test results do not meet requirements of EU regulation (Ann 1, 2.2.1.6.) for service braking, but
meet South Africa requirements. Refer to Annex I
Only rear axle braked even if the max speed exceeds 30km/h.
VCA only issues test report with stamp for braking test, but not certificate.
Significant Interpretations, Alternative Test Methods, New Technologies
NA
Inspection/Tests Required
Yes, NA, See Report … / Approval … / Annex …

Annex I – Construction & Fitting Yes
Annex II – Testing & Performance Yes
Annex III – Response Time NA
Annex V – Spring Brakes NA
Annex XIII – Single Line Trailer NA
Connection (until 31/12/2017)
Vehicle Identification Number Variant1:1YR6110BTKF500841

Variant4:1YR6110BJKN210013
Engine 4045HCP05
Transmission Mechanical
Maximum Design Speed (km/h) 36.3
Brakes: Front Rear
- Type: NA
- Disc / Drum Size (mm) NA
UK
- Piston / Actuator / Lever (mm) NA Approval
- Lining Material NA Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
- Parking Brake Common with Service brake but the actuation is independent
of service brake.
- Secondary Configuration NA
- Tyres: Front Rear
- Size/Make/Type: 340/85 R24 TRELLEBORG 460/85 R34 TRELLEBORG
- Pressure (Bar): 110kPa 110kPa
- Rolling Radius (mm): 565mm 787mm
- Tread Depth (mm): New tyre New tyre
Mass of Vehicle, as Tested Front Rear Total
Laden (kg) Variant 1: 3064 4270 7334
Unladen (kg) 1441 2940 4081
Mass of Vehicle, as Tested Front Rear Total

Laden (kg) Variant4 3152 3985 7137
1662 2810 4472
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
vehicle tested and covers all variants and versions agreed in the worst case rationale. Yes
Information document uploaded to job folder and identified by job number.
Calibration certificates checked and valid, recorded in the following table: Yes

Temperature sensor M308A 10204308A 2020/03/06
Anemometer 041441 2020/04/21
Sound level meter-BK 2239 SC-2120 2020/05/07
V-box 31514 2020/01/28
Thermometer VC230A 2021/03/04
Air-pressure gauge DYM3-16889 2020/01/18
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Complies
Inspection/Test Requirements Yes / NA
Annex I – Construction and Fitting Requirements
The braking components, separate technical units and parts so

designed, constructed and fitted as to enable the vehicle in normal
Ann I, 2.1.1.1. Yes
use, despite the vibration to which it may be subjected, to comply
with the under mentioned requirements.
In particular, the braking components, separate technical units and

Ann I, 2.1.1.2. parts so designed, constructed and fitted as to be able to resist the Yes
corrosion and ageing phenomena to which it is exposed.
Ann I, 2.1.1.3. Brake linings do not contain asbestos. Yes
No components or parts (such as valves) that would allow the

performance of the braking system to be changed by the user
Ann I, 2.1.1.4. Yes
without the use of tools or provision of a tamper proof seal, such that
in service, it falls outside the requirements of this Regulation.
Service braking system

Ann I, 2.1.2.1. It is possible to graduate the service braking system from the driving Yes
seat without removing either hand from the steering control device
Secondary braking system

It is possible to graduate the secondary braking system from the
driving seat while keeping at least one hand on the steering control
Ann I, 2.1.2.2. Yes
device.
It is assumed that not more than one failure of the service braking
system can occur at one time.
Parking braking system

Ann I, 2.1.2.3. The working parts of the parking braking system held in the locked Yes
position by a purely mechanical device.
Possible to operate the parking brake from the driving seat. Yes
The towed vehicle service braking system (pneumatic or hydraulic)

and the parking braking system of the tractor may be operated
simultaneously, provided that the driver is able to check, at any time,
NA
that the parking braking system performance of the vehicle
combination, obtained by the purely mechanical action of the parking
braking system, is sufficient.
Connections, for compressed-air braking systems, between tractors

Ann 1, 2.1.4.1. NA
and towed vehicles provided according to:
Ann 1, 2.1.4.1.1. - One pneumatic supply line and one pneumatic control line* UK
Ann 1, 2.1.4.1.2.
- One pneumatic supply line, one pneumatic control line and one Approval
Authority
electric control line (i.e. 7 pin ISO 7638:2003)*
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
*Strike-through, as appropriate.
Connections between tractors and towed vehicles with hydraulic

Ann 1, 2.1.5.1. NA
braking systems provided according to:
Ann 1, 2.1.5.1.1. - Control line – ISO 5676:1983 Male Connector*
Ann 1, 2.1.4.1.2. - Supplementary line – ISO 16028:2006 Size 10 Male Connector* or
Article 16-2 - No supplementary line (i.e. single-line hydraulic)*
Until 31/12/2019
Ann 1, 2.1.5.1.3. Optional electric control line 5 or 7 pin ISO 7638:2003*
Control and supplementary connectors are mounted with a 60mm

Ann 1, 2.1.5.1.3. NA
separation between centres.
The flexible hoses and cables connecting tractors and towed

Ann 1, 2.1.6. NA
vehicles are not on the tractor.
Ann 1, 2.1.7. Shut-off devices are automatically actuated. NA
Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.
Tractors with a compressed-air braking system, test connections
must be provided:
In each independent circuit of the braking system, at the closest

Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.1. readily accessible position to the brake cylinder which is the least NA
favourably placed for response time.
In a braking system which incorporates a device that modulates the

air or hydraulic pressure in the brake transmission, located in the
Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.2. NA
pressure line upstream and downstream of this device at the closest
accessible position.
If this device is pneumatically controlled an additional test connection

is required to simulate the laden condition. NA
Where no such device is fitted, a single pressure test connection,

Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.2. equivalent to the downstream connector mentioned above, shall be NA
provided.
These test connections shall be so located as to be easily accessible

Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.2. NA
from the ground or within the vehicle.
The pressure test connections shall comply with clause 4 of ISO

Ann 1, 2.1.8.1.5. NA
Standard 3583:1984.
In order to assist the driver in steering (to enable differential braking

in the field) the service braking system of the tractor may consist of
Ann 1, 2.2.1.1. Yes
two independent brake circuits, each connected to one separate right
or left brake pedal.
- If the differential braking function is activated it shall not be possible UK
Approval
to travel at speeds exceeding 40 km/h * or Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
- At speeds in excess of 40 km/h the differential braking function shall

be disabled*
If the differential mode is activated an actuation of the towed vehicle

NA
service braking system is not required up to a speed of 12 km/h.
In tractors where the separate pedals can be connected manually,

the driver can easily verify from his driving place whether these Yes
pedals are connected or not.
The equipment providing service, secondary and parking braking

Ann 1, 2.2.1.2. may have common components, provided that they fulfil the following
conditions:
There are at least two controls, each corresponding to a different

Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.1. braking system, independent of each other and readily accessible to Yes
the driver from his normal driving position.
For all categories of vehicles, every brake control device (excluding

endurance braking system control device) is designed in a way that it
returns to the fully-off position when released. This requirement shall
not apply to a parking braking system control device (or that part of a Yes
combined control device) when it is mechanically locked in an
applied position or it is utilised for the secondary braking or in both
cases.
The control device of the service braking system is independent of

Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.2.
the control device of the parking braking system. Yes
Where the service and secondary braking systems have the same
control device, the effectiveness of the linkage between that control
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.3. NA
device and the various components of the transmission systems is
not be liable to deteriorate after a certain period of use.
Where the service and secondary braking systems have the same
control device, the parking braking system is designed that it can be
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.4. actuated when the vehicle is in motion. This requirement shall not NA
apply if the vehicle's service braking system can be actuated, even
partially, by means of an auxiliary control.
In the event of a breakage of any component other than the brakes

or the components specified in point 2.2.1.2.7, or of any other failure
of the service braking system (malfunction, partial or total exhaustion
of an energy reserve), the secondary braking system or that part of
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.5. Yes
the service braking system which is not affected by the failure is able
to bring the vehicle to a halt in the conditions prescribed for
secondary braking.
UK
See Annex I Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
In particular, where the secondary braking system and the service

Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.6. braking system have a common control device and common
transmission:
where the service braking system is actuated by the muscular

energy of the driver assisted by one or more energy reserves, the
secondary braking performance shall, in the event of failure of that
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.6.1. assistance, be capable of being ensured by the muscular energy of NA
the driver assisted by the energy reserves, if any, which are
unaffected by the failure, the force applied to the control device not
exceeding the prescribed maxima.
If the service braking force and transmission depend exclusively on

the use, controlled by the driver, of an energy reserve, there are at
least two completely independent energy reserves, each provided
with its own transmission likewise independent; each of them may
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.6.2. act on the brakes of only two or more wheels so selected as to be NA
capable of ensuring by themselves the prescribed degree of
secondary braking without endangering the stability of the vehicle
during braking.
See Annex I
In addition, each of the energy reserves is equipped with a warning NA

device.
In at least one of the air reservoirs of each service braking circuit a

device for draining and exhausting is in an adequate and easily NA
accessible position.
If the service braking force and transmission depend exclusively on

the use of an energy reserve, one energy reserve for the
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.6.3.
transmission is deemed to be sufficient, provided that the prescribed NA
secondary braking is ensured by the action of the driver's muscular
energy acting on the service brake control device and the
requirements of point 2.2.1.5 are met.
Certain parts shall not be regarded as liable to breakage if they are

amply dimensioned, are readily accessible for maintenance. Where
the failure of any such part would make it impossible to brake the
Ann 1, 2.2.1.2.7. vehicle with a performance at least equal to that prescribed for the NA
secondary braking system that part is made of metal or of a material
with equivalent characteristics and shall not be subject to significant
distortion in the normal operation of the braking systems.
Where there are separate control devices for the service and
secondary braking systems simultaneous actuation of control
Ann 1, 2.2.1.3. devices does not render both the service and secondary braking Yes
systems inoperative, either when both braking systems are in good
working order or when one of them is faulty. UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Where use is made of energy other than the muscular energy of the
driver, there need not be more than one source of such energy
Ann 1, 2.2.1.4. (hydraulic pump, air compressor, etc.), but the means by which the NA
device constituting that source is driven shall be as safe as
practicable.
- Gear driven by engine
In the event of failure in any part of the transmission of a vehicle's

braking system consisting of two service braking circuits fulfilling the
requirements of point 2.2.1.25, the supply to the part not affected by
Ann 1, 2.2.1.4.1. the failure is continued to be ensured where this is required for the NA
purpose of halting the vehicle with the degree of effectiveness
prescribed for residual and/or for secondary braking.
See Annex I
This condition shall be satisfied by automatic means. NA

- Multi circuit protection valve
Furthermore, storage devices located down-circuit of this device are

such that in the event of a failure in the energy supply, after four full-
stroke actuations of the service braking system control device under
Ann 1, 2.2.1.4.2. the testing conditions prescribed Point 1.2 of section A of Annex IV, it NA
is still possible to halt the vehicle at the fifth application with the
degree of effectiveness prescribed for secondary braking.
See Annex I
The requirements of points 2.2.1.2, 2.2.1.4 and 2.2.1.25 shall be

satisfied without the use of any automatic device of a kind such that
Ann 1, 2.2.1.5. its ineffectiveness might pass unnoticed because the parts which are NA
normally in an ‘at rest’ position are actuated only in the event of
failure of the braking system.
On vehicles with a maximum design speed not exceeding 30 km/h,

Ann 1, 2.2.1.6. the service braking system shall act on all the wheels of at least one NA
axle.
In all other cases the service braking system shall act on all the No
wheels of the vehicle. (Failure)
- All wheels braked independently.* or
- One braked axle and an automatic engagement of the drive to all
other axles during braking, all wheels are deemed to be braked.* or
- For articulated tractors of category Ta, if an axle is subject to braking
and the differential is mounted between the service brake and the
wheels, all wheels of that axle are deemed to be braked when the
activation of the service braking system automatically locks the
differential on this axle.*
UK
Performance of hydraulic lines and hose assemblies in case of Approval
Ann 1, 2.2.1.6.1. NA
vehicles with one braked axle and an automatic engagement of the Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
drive to all other axles during braking.

The hydraulic lines of hydraulic transmission shall be capable of a
burst pressure at least four times the maximum normal service
pressure (T) specified by the vehicle manufacturer. Hose assemblies
shall comply with ISO Standards 1402:1994, 6605:1986 and
7751:1997+A1:2011.
If the service braking system acts on all wheels of the vehicle, the
Ann 1, 2.2.1.7. NA
action shall be appropriately distributed among the axles.
Where this is achieved by means of a device which modulates the

pressure in the brake transmission, this shall conform to the NA
requirements of point 6 of Appendix 1 to Annex II and point 2.1.8.
In the case of vehicles with more than two axles, in order to avoid
wheel-locking or glazing of the brake linings, the brake force on
Ann 1, 2.2.1.7.1. certain axles may be reduced to zero automatically when carrying a NA
much reduced load, provided that the vehicle meets all the
performance requirements prescribed in Annex II.
The action of the service braking system shall be distributed between

Ann 1, 2.2.1.8. the wheels of the same axle symmetrically in relation to the Yes
longitudinal median plane of the vehicle.
Service, secondary and the parking braking systems act on braking

Ann 1, 2.2.1.9. surfaces permanently connected to the wheels through components Yes
of adequate strength.
Not possible to disconnect a braking surface from the wheels except

Yes
for:
- No disconnection.* or
- In the case of the parking braking system, provided that it is
controlled exclusively by the driver from his driving seat by a system
which cannot be actuated by a leak * or
- When more than one axle is normally subject to braking in the case
of vehicles with a maximum design speed not exceeding 60 km/h,
one axle may be decoupled provided that activation of the service
braking system automatically re-couples this axle and that, in the
case of a failure in the energy supply or a failure in the control
transmission of the re-coupling control device, then automatic re-
coupling shall be ensured*
Wear of the service brakes compensated by means of a system of

Ann 1, 2.2.1.10. NA
manual adjustment.
Vehicles of categories Tb wear of the service brakes compensated

NA
by means of a system automatic adjustment.
UK
Approval
Control device and the components of the transmission and of the Authority
NA
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
brakes possess a reserve of travel and, if necessary, suitable means

of compensation such that, when the brakes become heated or when
the brake linings have reached a certain degree of wear, effective
braking shall be ensured without immediate adjustment being
necessary.
Automatic wear adjustment devices, if fitted, shall, after heating

followed by cooling, be capable of free running as laid down in point
Ann 1, 2.2.1.10.1. NA
2.3.4 of Annex II following the Type-I test also specified in point 2.3
of that Annex.
Possible to easily check this wear on service brake linings from the
outside or underside of the vehicle, utilising only the tools or
equipment normally supplied with the vehicle; for instance, by the
provision of appropriate inspection holes or by some other means. NA
Alternatively, acoustical or optical devices warning the driver at his
driving position when lining replacement is necessary are
acceptable.
- Directly visible
The requirements of 2.2.1.10 and 2.2.1.10.1 are not applicable to oil

Ann 1, 2.2.1.10.2. immersed brakes which are designed for the whole lifetime of the Yes
vehicle without servicing.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.11.1. Filling ports of the fluid reservoirs shall be readily accessible. NA
- Containers of reserve fluid so made that the level of the reserve fluid
can be easily checked without the containers having to be opened.*
or
- The red warning signal specified in point 2.2.1.29.1.1 used to draw
the driver's attention to any fall in the level of reserve fluid liable to
cause a failure of the braking system.*
A failure in the hydraulic transmission where the prescribed service

braking performance cannot be obtained signalled to the driver by a
Ann 1, 2.2.1.11.2. NA
device comprising a warning signal, as specified in point
2.2.1.29.1.1.
Alternatively, this device lights up when the fluid in the reservoir is

NA
below a certain level specified by the manufacturer.
Type of fluid to be used in the hydraulic transmission of braking

Ann 1, 2.2.1.11.3. systems identified by the symbol in accordance with Figure 1 or 2 of NA
Standard ISO 9128:2006.
Symbol affixed within 100 mm of the filling ports of the fluid

Ann 1, 2.2.1.11.3. reservoirs, in accordance with the requirements laid down on the NA
Article 24 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208.
UK
- Additional information may be provided by the manufacturer.* Approval
- Requirement only applies to vehicles having a separate filling port Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
for the fluid of the braking system.*

Vehicle with a service braking system actuated by an energy

reservoir, where the prescribed secondary braking performance
cannot be obtained by means of this braking system without the use
of stored energy, provided with a warning device, in addition to a
pressure gauge where fitted, giving an optical or acoustic signal
when the stored energy in any part of the system falls to a value at
Ann 1, 2.2.1.12.1. NA
which, without recharging of the reservoir and irrespective of the
loading conditions of the vehicle, it is possible to apply the service
braking system control device a fifth time after four full-stroke
actuations and obtain the prescribed secondary braking performance
(without faults in the service-brake transmission and with the brakes
adjusted as closely as possible). See Annex I
Warning device directly and permanently connected to the circuit. NA
When the engine is running under normal operating conditions and

there are no faults in the braking system, the warning device gives
NA
no signal except during the time required for charging the energy
reservoir(s) after start-up of the engine.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.12.2. This acoustic device may be rendered inoperative while: NA

- The parking braking system is applied.* and / or
- In the case of automatic transmission the selector in the ‘park’
position.*
Operation of parking brake ensured in event of failure of auxiliary

Ann 1, 2.2.1.13. NA
energy source.
In the event of failure of trailer supply and / or control lines, operation

Ann 1, 2.2.1.14. of service braking system meets secondary braking requirements. NA
See Annex I
In the event of failure of energy source and full depletion of auxiliary

Ann 1, 2.2.1.15. pneumatic system failure of trailer supply, service braking system NA
low pressure warning does not operate.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.16. For a tractor authorised to tow a category R2, R3, R4 or S2 vehicles: NA
Operation of service braking system provides graduated braking on

Ann 1, 2.2.1.16.1. NA
the towed vehicle.
Operation of the tractor's secondary braking system provides a

Ann 1, 2.2.1.16.2. NA
braking action in the towed vehicle.
UK
In the case of tractors of categories Tb this braking action shall be Approval
. NA
Authority
graduated.
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
In the case of a failure. Intact section of split service brake system

Ann 1, 2.2.1.16.3. able to fully or partially actuate towed vehicle brakes. Not applicable NA
to left / right split.
In the case of left / right split. In the case of a failure of service brake
system. Secondary brake able to fully or partially actuate towed NA
vehicle brakes.
If this operation is achieved by a valve which is normally at rest, then

its correct functioning can easily be checked by the driver, either
NA
from within the cab or from outside the vehicle, without the use of
tools.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.17.
Additional requirements in the case of tractors authorised to draw
towed vehicles with compressed-air braking systems.
In the event of a failure in one of the pneumatic connecting lines,

interruption or defect in the electric control line, it is possible for the
Ann 1, 2.2.1.17.1. NA
driver, fully or partially, to actuate the brakes of the towed vehicle by
means either:
- The service braking control device.* or
- The secondary braking control device.* or
- The parking brake control device.* or
- The failure automatically causes the towed vehicle to be braked. *
The automatic braking in point 2.2.1.17.1 shall be considered to be

Ann 1, 2.2.1.17.2. met when the designated brake control device is fully actuated, the
2.2.1.17.2.1. NA
pressure in the supply line shall fall to 150 kPa within the following
two seconds. See Supply Dump test
When the brake control device is released, the supply line shall be
NA
re-pressurised.
In the case of pneumatic and electric control lines. In the event of a

failure in one of the control lines the control line not affected by the
Ann 1, 2.2.1.17.3.
failure shall automatically ensure the braking performance of the NA
towed vehicle.
In the case of a pneumatic service braking system comprising two or

more independent sections, any leakage between those sections at
Ann 1, 2.2.1.17.4. NA
or downstream of the control device is continuously vented to
atmosphere.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.
Additional requirements in the case of tractors authorised to draw
towed vehicles with hydraulic braking systems.
UK
The pressure supplied at both coupling heads with the engine not Approval
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.1. NA
Authority
running is always 0 kPa.
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
The pressure supplied at the coupling head of the control line with
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.2. the engine running and no braking control force applied shall be 0 +200 NA
kPa.
With the engine running it shall be possible to generate at the

Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.3. coupling head of the supplementary line a pressure of at least 1 500 NA
kPa but not exceeding 3 500 kPa
As a derogation from the requirement of point 2.2.1.16.1, a

graduated braking action on the towed vehicle is only required when
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.4. NA
the service braking system of the tractor is actuated when the engine
is running.
In the case of a failure in the supplementary line, the driver can fully
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.5. NA
or partially actuate the towed vehicle brakes, by means either:
- The service braking control device.* or
- The secondary braking control device.* or
- The parking brake control device.* or
- The failure automatically causes the towed vehicle to be braked. *
In the case of a failure in the control line, the pressure in the

supplementary line falls to 1 000 kPa within the following two
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.6. NA
seconds after the service brake control device has been fully
actuated.
When the brake control device is released, the supply line shall be
NA
re-pressurised.
The pressure in the supplementary line falls from its maximum value
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.7. to 0+300 kPa within the following second after the parking braking NA
system control device has been fully actuated.
Simulator according to point 3.6.2.1 of Annex III is connected to the

NA
supplementary line of the tractor.
Simulators accumulators are charged to the maximum value

generated by the tractor with the engine running and the bleeding NA
device (point 1.1 of Appendix 2 of Annex III) fully closed.
In order to be able to connect and disconnect the hydraulic

connecting lines even when the engine is running and the parking
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.8. NA
braking system applied, an appropriate device may be fitted on the
tractor.
Pressure in the connecting lines is positively restored to the rest

position not later than the control (e.g. push button) of this device is NAUK
automatically released (e.g. valve returns automatically into the Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
normal operation position).
Tractors towing a vehicle of category R or S with hydraulic energy

storage device equipped with an ISO 7638:2003 (5 or 7 pin)
Ann 1, 2.2.1.18.9. NA
connector in order to indicate the low level of stored energy on the
towed vehicle.
Service braking system of the towed vehicle only operated in

Ann 1, 2.2.1.19. conjunction with the service, secondary or parking braking system of NA
the tractor.
- Automatic application of the towed vehicle brakes alone is
permitted where the operation of the towed vehicle brakes is
initiated automatically by the tractor for vehicle stabilisation.* or
- The towed vehicle brakes may be applied automatically up to a
time of 5 s without the operation of the service, secondary or
Ann 1, 2.2.1.19.1. parking braking system of the tractor. In order to improve the
driving behaviour of the vehicle combination by modifying the
coupling force. *
If parking brake performance can only be fulfilled by complying with

Ann 1, 2.2.1.20. NA
the conditions specified in point 3.1.3.4.1.1 of Annex II then:
- Compressed-air braking system, a control line pressure (or the
equivalent digital demand) of at least 650 kPa shall be transmitted
Ann 1, 2.2.1.20.1.
when a single control device is fully activated which also applies
the tractor parking braking system. This shall also be ensured
when the ignition/start switch has been switched off and/or the key
has been removed;*
- Hydraulic braking system, when a single control device is fully
Ann 1, 2.2.1.20.2. activated a pressure of 0+100 kPa shall be generated on the
supplementary line. *
Tractors of category Tb with a maximum design speed exceeding 60

Ann 1, 2.2.1.21.1. km/h equipped with anti- lock braking systems of category 1 in NA
accordance with Annex XI.
Tractors authorised to tow a vehicle equipped with an anti-lock

Ann 1, 2.2.1.22. braking system equipped with an ISO 7638:2003 (5 or 7 pin) NA
connector.
Tractors not mentioned in points 2.2.1.21.1 fitted with anti-lock

Ann 1, 2.2.1.23. NA
braking systems, they comply with Annex XI.
Complex electronic vehicle control systems which provide or form

part of the control transmission of the braking function included those
Ann 1, 2.2.1.24. NAUK
which utilise the braking system(s) for automatically commanded Approval
braking or selective braking comply with Annex X. Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
For Tb tractors with a maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h, in

the event of failure in a part of the transmission of the service braking
Ann 1, 2.2.1.25. system, whether or not it is combined with the secondary braking NA
system, is such that a sufficient number of wheels are still braked by
actuation of the service brake control device.
These wheels shall be so selected that the residual performance of

the service braking system satisfies the requirements laid down in
point 3.1.4 of Annex II. NA
See Annex I
The part or parts not affected by the failure are capable of partially or
NA
fully actuating the brakes of the towed vehicle.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.26. Electric transmission of the parking braking system NA
EBS vehicles or vehicles with ‘data communication’ via pin 6 and 7 of

Ann 1, 2.2.1.27. NA
ISO 7638 connector.
Ann 1, 2.2.1.28. Coupling force control NA
Tractor capable of providing optical brake failure and defect warning

signals, as follows:
Ann 1, 2.2.1.29.1. A red warning signal indicating failures within the vehicle braking
2.2.1.29.1.1. NA
equipment which preclude achievement of the prescribed service
braking performance or the functioning of at least one of two
independent service braking circuits.
- Where applicable, a yellow warning signal indicating an electrically
Ann 1, detected defect within the vehicle braking equipment, which is not
2.2.1.29.1.2. indicated by the warning signal mentioned in point 2.2.1.29.1.1
above. *
Tractors equipped with an electric control line and/or authorised to

tow a vehicle equipped with an electric control transmission capable
Ann 1, 2.2.1.29.2. of providing a separate warning signal, to indicate a defect within the NA
electric control transmission of the braking equipment of the towed
vehicle.
Signal activated from the towed vehicle via pin 5 of the electric
connector conforming to ISO 7638:2003. NA
Signal transmitted by the towed vehicle shall be displayed without

NA
significant delay or modification by the tractor.
Warning signal does not light up when coupled to a towed vehicle

without an electric control line and/or electric control transmission or NAUK
when no towed vehicle is coupled. Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Function automatic.
In the case of a tractor equipped with an electric control line, when

electrically connected to a towed vehicle with an electric control line,
the warning signal specified in point 2.2.1.29.1.1 is also used to
Ann 1,
2.2.1.29.2.1. indicate certain specified failures within the braking equipment of the NA
towed vehicle, whenever the towed vehicle provides corresponding
failure information via the data communication part of the electric
control line.
This indication is in addition to the warning signal specified in point

NA
2.2.1.29.2.
Alternatively, instead of utilising the warning signal specified in point

2.2.1.29.1.1 and the accompanying warning signal above, a separate
NA
red warning signal may be provided in the tractor to indicate such a
failure within the braking equipment of the towed vehicle.
Tractors equipped with an electric connector conforming to ISO

7638:2003 in order to be able to indicate the low level of stored
Ann 1, energy on the towed vehicle display the separate yellow warning
2.2.1.29.2.2. signal to the driver when the warning signal is transmitted to the NA
tractor by the towed vehicle via pin 5 of the electric connector
conforming to ISO 7638:2003.
A specified failure or defect is signalled to the driver by the above-

Ann 1,
2.2.1.29.3.1. mentioned warning signal(s) not later than on actuation of the
relevant braking control device.
The warning signal(s) remain displayed as long as the failure or

Ann 1,
2.2.1.29.3.2. defect persists and the ignition (start) switch is in the ‘on’ (run) NA
position.
Ann 1,
2.2.1.29.3.3. The warning signal is constant (not flashing). NA
Ann 1, 2.2.1.29.4. The warning signals are visible, even by daylight. NA
The satisfactory condition of the signals is easily verifiable by the

NA
driver from the driver's seat.
The failure of a component of the warning devices does not entail

NA
any loss of the braking system's performance.
The warning signal(s) light up when the electrical equipment of the

Ann 1, 2.2.1.29.5. NA
vehicle (and the braking system) is energised.
With the vehicle stationary, the braking system verifies that none of
the specified failures or defects is present before extinguishing the NAUK
Approval
signals. Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Specified failures or defects which should activate the warning

signals mentioned above, but which are not detected under static
conditions, are stored upon detection and be displayed at start-up NA
and at all times when the ignition (start) switch is in the ‘on’ (run)
position, as long as the failure or defect persists.
Non-specified failures or defects or other information concerning the

Ann 1, 2.2.1.29.6.
brakes or running gear of the tractor, may be indicated by the signal NA
specified in point 2.2.1.29.1.2, provided that all the following
conditions are fulfilled:
Ann 1, the vehicle is stationary;
2.2.1.29.6.1.
after the braking system is first energised and the signal has
Ann 1,
2.2.1.29.6.2. indicated that, following the procedures detailed in point 2.2.1.29.5,
no specified failures (or defects) have been identified; and
Ann 1, non-specified faults or other information shall be indicated only by
2.2.1.29.6.3. the flashing of the warning signal.
the warning signal shall be extinguished by the time when the vehicle
first exceeds 10 km/h.
Malfunctions of the electric control transmission do not apply the

Ann 1, 2.2.1.30. NA
brakes contrary to the driver's intentions.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Annex II – Testing and Performance
Ann II, 2.1.3.2. Tests carried out at: Yes

- The speeds prescribed for each type of test* or
- The vehicle's maximum design speed if the maximum design speed
of a vehicle is lower than the speed prescribed for a test *
Ann II, 2.1.3.4.

Unless specified otherwise the road has a surface affording good Yes
adhesion.
Ann II, 2.1.3.5. Tests performed when there is no wind liable to affect the results. Yes
The prescribed performance is obtained:

- Without deviation of the vehicle from its course,
Ann II, 2.1.3.7. - Without abnormal vibrations, Yes
- Without wheel-locking (wheel-locking is permitted where
specifically mentioned).
Ann II, 2.2.

Type-0 braking test (ordinary performance test with brakes
cold)
The behaviour of vehicles of categories Tb, R2b, R3b, R4b and S2b
Ann II, 2.1.4.2.
on a road on which adhesion is reduced shall meet: NA
- The relevant requirements of Appendix 1 of Annex II* or
- If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the requirements of Annex XI *
Brake is cold at the start of tests. A brake is deemed to be cold when

Ann II, 2.2.1.1. Yes
one of the following conditions is met:
Ann II, 2.2.1.1.1.
- The temperature measured on the disc or on the outside of the
drum is below 100 °C* or
- In the case of totally enclosed brakes, including oil immersed
Ann II, 2.2.1.1.2. brakes, the temperature measured on the outside of the housing is
below 50 °C* or
Ann II, 2.2.1.1.3. - The brakes have not been used for one hour before the test.*
Ann II, 2.2.1.2. For an axle without a brake. Yes

- When this axle is capable of being declutched, it is not connected
with a braked axle * or
- With one braked axle and an automatic engagement of the drive to
all other axles during braking*
Ann II, 2.2.1.3.4. Tests carried out on a level road. Yes
Tests carried out at the maximum design speed of the vehicle, with
Ann II, 2.2.2.1. Yes UK
the engine disconnected. Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Ann II, 2.3. Type-I test (fade test)
Ann II, 2.3.1.1. Test carried out in accordance with following conditions. NA
V1 (km/h) V2 (km/h) Δt n
80 % Vmax ½ V1 60 20
For tractors with a maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h,

Ann II, 2.3.1.1.1. test carried out in accordance with the following alternative Yes
conditions
V1 (km/h) V2 (km/h) Δt n
80 % Vmax 0.05 V1 60 18
Characteristics of the vehicle do not allow for the period of time

prescribed for t, the duration may be increased; in any event, in
Ann II, 2.3.1.2. addition to the time necessary for braking and accelerating the Yes
vehicle, a period of 10 seconds shall be allowed in each cycle for
stabilising the speed v1.
Force applied to the control device adjusted as to attain a mean fully

developed deceleration of 3 m/s2 at the first application of the
Ann II, 2.3.1.3. Yes
brakes. Force remains constant throughout the succeeding brake
applications.
Ann II, 2.3.1.4. During the tests:

- Highest gear ratio (excluding overdrive, etc.) continuously engaged*
or
- Engine disconnected*
Ann II, 2.3.1.6. Adjustment of brakes prior to tests set according to: Yes
Ann II, 2.3.1.6.1. - Air operated brakes* or
Ann II, 2.3.1.6.2. - Hydraulically operated disc brakes – no setting*
Ann II, 2.3.1.6.3. - Hydraulically operated drum brakes – manufacturer’s specification*
At the end of the type-I test hot performance of the service braking
system measured at a constant control force no greater than the
Ann II, 2.3.3.1.
mean force actually used for the type-0 test with the engine Yes
disconnected.
For tractors equipped with automatic brake adjustment devices, the

brakes after completing the above tests allowed to cool to a
Ann II, 2.3.4. NA
temperature representative of a cold brake and is capable of free
running by fulfilling one of the following conditions:
Ann II, 2.3.4.1. - Wheels are running freely (i.e. may be rotated by hand)* or
- Vehicle is driven at a constant speed of v = 60 km/h or the maximum
Ann II, 2.3.4.2.
design speed of the vehicle, whichever is the lower, with the brakes
released the asymptotic temperatures do not exceed a drum/disc UK
temperature increase of 80°C* Approval
*Strike-through, as appropriate. Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Ann II, 2.4. Type-II test (downhill behaviour test)
Tractors of categories Tb having a maximum permissible mass

NA
exceeding 12 t undergone the type-II test.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Annex III – Measurement of the Response Time
Pressure measured at the opening of the least favourably placed

Ann III, 1.1. NA
brake.
Load sensing valve set in the ‘laden’ position NA
Stroke of the brake cylinders of the individual axles correspond to the

Ann III, 1.2. NA
most closely adjusted brake.
Response times rounded to the nearest tenth of second. If the figure

Ann III, 1.3. representing the hundredth units is 5 or more, the response time is
rounded to the upper tenth.
Ann III, 3.1.

Tests carried out at an ambient temperature between 15 °C and 30 NA
°C.
Response times obtained by a succession of full actuations,

Ann III, 3.3. beginning with the shortest possible actuating time and increasing to NA
a time of about 0,4 seconds.
In the case of a service braking system which is activated with no or

only a limited assistance of energy a control force applied which NA
ensures at least the prescribed service braking performance.
Ann III, 3.4. Response corresponding to an actuating NA [seconds]

Ann III, 3.5. NA
time of 0.2 seconds <= 0.6 seconds
Tractors equipped with a hydraulic control line for towed vehicles

response time measured with a towed vehicle simulator joined to the
Ann III, 3.6.1. NA
coupling heads of the hydraulic control line and the supplementary
line of the tractor.
Ann III, 3.6.2. Simulator components and characteristics meet requirements. NA
Ann III, 3.6.3.1. Connection pipes bleed of air before the test. NA
Ann III, 3.6.3.2. Engine speed of the tractor at 25 % above idling speed. NA
Bleed device of the supplementary line towed vehicle simulator fully

Ann III, 3.6.3.3. NA
open.
Control force applied which ensures at least 11 500 kPa on the

Ann III, 3.6.4. NA
control line.
Ann III, 3.6.5. Response corresponding to an actuating NA [seconds]

NA
time of 0.2 seconds <= 0.6 seconds
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Annex V – Spring Brakes
Ann V, 2.1. Spring braking system not as a service braking system except: NA
- Under 2.2. below* or
- In the event of a failure in a part of the transmission of the service
braking system, a spring braking system may be used to achieve
the residual performance provided that the driver can graduate this
action*
Ann V, 2.1.1. Spring braking system used for secondary braking system only if: NA
- Action can be graduated by driver* or
- Vehicles with maximum design speed <= 30 km/h via on/off control if
following conditions are met:*
Driver able to actuate the spring brakes control from own driving
Ann V, 2.1.1.1. NA
seat, while keeping at least one hand on the steering control.
Prescribed performance obtained without deviation of the vehicle

Ann V, 2.1.1.3. from its course, without abnormal vibrations and without wheel- NA
locking.
On vehicles with a maximum design speed <= 30 km/h, a spring

Ann V, 2.2. braking system may be used as a service braking system, provided NA
that:
Driver can graduate its braking action. NA
Response time requirement as laid down in section 6 of Annex III is

Ann V, 2.2.1. NA
met.
Ann V, 2.2.2.
With the spring brakes adjusted as closely as possible it is possible
to actuate:
The brake 10 times within a minute with the engine running at idle
Ann V, 2.2.2.1. NA
speed (brake applications distributed evenly within this period);
The service braking system 6 times starting with a pressure not

higher than the cut-in pressure of the energy source. During this test
Ann V, 2.2.2.2. NA
the energy storage devices shall not be fed. In addition, any energy
storage for auxiliary equipment shall be isolated.
The spring brakes shall be designed in such a way that they are not
Ann V, 2.2.3. NA
subject to failure under fatigue.
A small variation in any of the pressure limits which may occur in the
Ann V, 2.3. spring compression chamber feed circuit do not cause a significant NA
UK
variation in the braking force. Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Ann V, 2.4.1. Feed circuit to the spring compression chamber: NA

- Includes its own energy reserve * or
- Is fed from at least two independent energy reserves *
If towed vehicle's pneumatic supply line or hydraulic supplementary

line is branched from this feed line, a pressure drop in the lines NA
mentioned above does not apply the spring brake actuators.
If auxiliary equipment draws its energy from the feed line for the
spring brake actuators, its operation, even in the event of damage to
Ann V, 2.4.2. the energy source, cannot cause the energy reserve for the spring NA
brake actuators to fall below a level from which one release of the
spring brake actuators is possible
During re-charging of the braking system from zero pressure, the

spring brakes remain fully applied, irrespective of the position of the
control device, until the pressure in the service braking system is
Ann V, 2.4.3. NA
sufficient to ensure at least the prescribed secondary braking
performance of the laden vehicle, using the service braking system
control device.
Once applied, the spring brakes do not release unless there is

sufficient pressure in the service braking system to at least provide
Ann V, 2.4.4. NA
the prescribed residual braking performance of the laden vehicle by
application of the service braking control device.
It is possible to apply and release the brakes at least three times if

the initial pressure in the spring compression chamber is equal to the
Ann V, 2.5. NA
maximum design pressure when the brakes are adjusted as closely
as possible.
Pressure in the spring compression chamber at which the springs

begin to actuate the brakes is not be greater than 80 % of the
Ann V, 2.6. NA
minimum level of the normal available pressure when the brakes are
adjusted as closely as possible.
When the pressure in the line feeding energy to the spring

compression chamber falls to the level at which the brake parts
Ann V, 2.10. begin to move, an optical or audible warning device shall be NA
actuated. The warning device may comprise the warning signal
specified in point 2.2.1.29.1.1 of Annex I.
Tractor authorised to tow vehicles of category R and S with a

continuous or semi-continuous braking, automatic application of the
Ann V, 2.11. NA
spring braking system shall cause the application of the towed
vehicle's brakes.
UK
In the event of a failure in the spring braking system, it is still Approval
Ann V, 3.1. NA
Authority
possible to release the brakes. This is achieved by the use of:
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
- Pneumatic auxiliary release device* or

- Hydraulic auxiliary release device* or
- Mechanical auxiliary release device *
Auxiliary release devices using an energy reserve draw their energy

from an energy reserve which is independent from the energy NA
reserve normally used for the spring braking system.
If the pneumatic or hydraulic fluid in the auxiliary release device acts

on the same piston surface in the spring compression chamber used
for the normal spring braking system the auxiliary release device
uses a separate line. The junction of this line with the normal line NA
connecting the control device with the spring brake actuators is at
each spring brake actuator immediately before the port to the spring
compression chamber, if not integrated in the body of the actuator.
This junction shall include a device which prevents an influence of

NA
one line on the other.
Any automatic device is not of a kind such that its ineffectiveness

might pass unnoticed because the parts which are normally in an ‘at
rest’ position are actuated only in the event of failure of the braking NA
system.
Components of the braking system transmission are not regarded as

subject to failure if they are not regarded as liable to breakage
Ann V, 3.1.1. provided that they are made of metal or of a material having similar NA
characteristics and do not undergo significant distortion in normal
braking.
If the operation of the auxiliary device referred to in point 3.1 requires

Ann V, 3.2. the use of a tool or spanner, that tool or spanner is kept on the NA
vehicle.
Where the control device of the auxiliary spring brake release system
Ann V, 3.3.1. is the same as that used for the secondary or parking braking NA
system, the requirements laid down in point 2.4 apply in all cases.
Where the control device for the auxiliary spring brake release
system is separate to the secondary or parking braking system
Ann V, 3.3.2. NA
control device, the requirements laid down in point 2.3 shall apply to
both control systems.
The requirements laid down in point 2.4.4 do not apply to the

NA
auxiliary spring brake release system.
The auxiliary release control device is located so that it is protected

NAUK
against application by the driver from the normal driving position. Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
If compressed air is used in the auxiliary release system, the system

Ann V, 3.4. is activated by a separate control device, not connected to the spring NA
brake control device.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Annex XIII – Single Line Trailer Connection
Ann XIII, 1.1. A hydraulic connection of the single line type may be installed on
Until 31/12/2017 NA
the tractor which is equipped with:
- 2 Line compressed-air as defined in point 2.1.4 of Annex I.*
- 2 Line hydraulic defined in points 2.1.5.1.1 to 2.1.5.1.3 of Annex I.*
In the case that a control line and a supplementary line of a towed vehicle are
Ann XIII 1.1.1
connected, the pressure pm generated shall b e in accordance with Diagram NA
In the case that a towed vehicle with a hydraulic connection of the single-line
Ann XIII 1.1.2 type is connected, the pressure pm generated shall be according to point 2 or 3 NA
of Ann XIII.
Detection of connected lines in points 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 shall be done by

Ann XIII 1.1.3
automatic means
The service braking system is fitted with a device so designed that if

the towed vehicle braking system should fail, or the control line
Ann XIII, 1.3. between the tractor and towed vehicle should break, it will still be NA
possible to brake the tractor with the effectiveness prescribed for the
secondary braking system in this Regulation.
The connector is a male connector that complies with ISO

Ann XIII, 2.1. NA
5676:1983.
With the engine running and the control device of the service braking
Ann XIII, 2.2. system of the tractor fully applied a pressure between 10 000 kPa
and 15 000 kPa is generated on the control line.
Coupling head pressure: NA kPa NA
With the engine running and no brake control device on the tractor UK
Ann XIII, 2.3. Approval
applied (driving or stand-by condition), the pressure supplied at the Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
coupling head of the control line is 0+200 kPa.
Coupling head pressure: NA kPa NA
Ann XIII, 2.4.

The response time requirements of Annex III do not apply to this type
of connection.
Ann XIII, 2.5.

The compatibility requirements according to Appendix 1 to Annex II
do not apply to this type of connection.
Remarks
Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Annex A - Dynamic Tests
Unladen Dynamic Maximum speed 36.6 km/h

Front axle mass as tested 1441 kg
Rear axle mass as tested 2940 kg
ULVM as tested 4381 kg
Unbraked trailer mass (declared) `- kg
Type O Tests Nominal Test Test Limit Test Limit Pedal

Speed Speed Dist Dist MFDD MFDD Effort
km/h km/h m m m/s2 m/s2 (daN)
Service
Disconnected 36.6 37.5 17.5 20.9 3.54 5.0 34.2
Secondary
36.6 36.3 16.4 28.6 3.52 2.2 25.3
Unbraked Trailer Test Nominal Calculated Limit

dM PM PM+R dM+R dM+R
m/s2 kg kg m/s2 m/s2
Calcualtion validation 3.54 4381 #VALUE! #VALUE! 3.2
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
TRCS-T-RVBR-001 Revision 0 Page 1 of 3
Laden Dynamic Maximum speed 36.6 km/h

GVM as tested 7334 kg
Manufacturers declared GVM 6800 kg
Manufacturers declared GCM #VALUE! kg

Service
Disconnected 36.6 38.9 24.2 22.3 3.39 5.0 43.7
Secondary
36.6 39.9 20.0 33.9 3.36 2.2 21

dM dM+R dM+R
Calculation verification 3.39 7334 #VALUE! #VALUE! 3.2
Type I Fade Line pressure to achieve 3m/s2 bar NA

Average time between snubs s 60
Time from last snub to hot stop s 60
Nominal Test Test Limit Test Limit Pedal
km/h km/h m m m/s2 m/s2 (daN))
Hot performance 36.6 38.8 25.92 18.9 2.99 4 47
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Type II Downhill Engine speed rpm NA

Using Brakes Gear engaged s NA
Average towing force (6% gradient) kg NA
Time from disconnection to hot stop s NA
km/h km/h m m m/s2 m/s2 (bar)
Hot performance NA NA NA #VALUE! NA #REF! NA
#VALUE! #REF!

Using Engine Gear engaged s NA
Start End Test Test Limit
Speed Speed Time Decel Decel
km/h km/h s m/s2 m/s2
Direction 1 NA NA
Direction 2 NA NA
Average NA NA
Parking Brake Direction Required Test Control Limit for foot control 40 daN
Gradient Gradient Force Limit for hand control 50 daN
% % daN
Hot:16.6
Up
Cold: 22 Covers combination
Solo Hill Hold 18 18 7334
Hot:38.0 up to kg
Down
Cold: 19
Combination Hill Hold Trailer mass kg 3000
(only carry out as a Test combination mass kg 7381 Covers combination
7381
separate test if solo Up <40 up to kg
12 12
does not meet Down <40
Nominal Test Control Test Limit Limit Limit
Speed Speed Force MFDD MFDD End Decel E-D
Dynamic
km/h km/h daN m/s2 m/s2 m/s2 m/s2
NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Unladen Dynamic Maximum speed 36.3 km/h

ULVM as tested 4472 kg

Service
Disconnected 36.3 37.1 16.7 20.5 3.78 5.0 37.6
Secondary
36.3 37.0 15.8 29.6 3.67 2.2 17.4

dM PM PM+R dM+R dM+R
Calcualtion validation 3.78 4472 #VALUE! #VALUE! 3.2
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Laden Dynamic Maximum speed 36.3 km/h

GVM as tested 7137 kg
Manufacturers declared GVM 6800 kg
Manufacturers declared GCM #VALUE! kg

Service
Disconnected 36.3 37.1 20.5 20.5 3.31 5.0 32.5
Secondary
36.3 37.7 17.2 30.6 3.20 2.2 19.6

dM dM+R dM+R
Calculation verification 3.31 7137 #VALUE! #VALUE! 3.2
Type I Fade Line pressure to achieve 3m/s2 bar NA

Average time between snubs s 60
Time from last snub to hot stop s 60
km/h km/h m m m/s2 m/s2 (daN))
Hot performance 36.3 38.4 19.42 18.6 3.43 4 31.5
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19

Using Brakes Gear engaged s NA
Average towing force (6% gradient) kg NA
Time from disconnection to hot stop s NA
km/h km/h m m m/s2 m/s2 (bar)
Hot performance NA NA NA #VALUE! NA #REF! NA
#VALUE! #REF!

Using Engine Gear engaged s NA
Start End Test Test Limit
Speed Speed Time Decel Decel
km/h km/h s m/s2 m/s2
Direction 1 NA NA
Direction 2 NA NA
Average NA NA
Parking Brake Direction Required Test Control Limit for foot control 40 daN
Gradient GradientForce Limit for hand control 50 daN
% % daN
Hot:23.5
Up
Cold: 24.7 Covers combination
Solo Hill Hold 18 18 7137
Hot:24.1 up to kg
Down
Cold: 20.9
Combination Hill Hold Trailer mass kg 3000
(only carry out as a Test combination mass kg 7472 Covers combination
7472
separate test if solo Up <40 up to kg
12 12
does not meet Down <40
Nominal Test Control Test Limit Limit Limit
Speed Speed Force MFDD MFDD End Decel E-D
Dynamic
km/h km/h daN m/s2 m/s2 m/s2 m/s2
NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements (RVFSR)
Multi-subject - T & C Category Vehicles
Legislation
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 as last amended by 2018/829

Annexes: II, VII, VIII, IX, X, XIII, XIV, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVIII,
XXIX, XXX, XXXI, XXXII, XXXIV
Test Details

Date of Test: No.39 Xiyuan Road, Jianxi District, Luoyang,
VCA Representative(s): Nitin Jangra/ Gray Du

Type: 6110B
Category: T1a
Conclusion
was found to comply in respect of the requirements detailed on page 2. This report relates only to
the items tested.

Signature:
Name: Nitin Jangra

List of Annexes

I
II UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
TR-T-RVFSR-027 Revision 1 Page 1 of 41
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Issue Record
Rear View Mirror checked on the 6110B 4WD tractor fitted with cabin and two Type -II mirrors.
Only rear view mirror installation test was carried out according John Deere’s application
No test for 6110B OOS standard and 6110B OOS Deluxe because the above two variants does
not have mirror installed.
NA
Annex Yes, NA, See Report … / Approval … / Annex …

II Vehicle structure integrity NA
VII Field of view & windscreen NA
wipers
VIII Glazing NA
IX Rear-view mirrors Yes
X Driver information systems NA
XIII Vehicle occupant protection NA
XIV Vehicle exterior and NA
accessories
XVII Heating systems NA
XVIII Devices to prevent NA
unauthorised use
XIX Registration plates NA
XX Statutory plates and NA
markings
XXI Dimensions and trailer NA
masses
XXII The maximum laden mass NA
XXIII Ballast masses NA
XXIV The safety of electrical NA
systems
XXV Fuel tanks NA
XXVIII Load platforms NA
XXIX Towing devices NA
XXX Tyres NA
XXXI Spray-suppression systems NA
XXXII The reverse gear NA UK
XXXIV Mechanical couplings NA Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Vehicle Identification Number 1YR6110BTKF500841

Other vehicle specification details should be given in each section as relevant

Measuring tape No. 8202 2020.8.20
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Complies
II Vehicle structure integrity
Worst case rationale & relevant vehicle specification details
Vehicles shall be designed and constructed in order to be sufficiently

robust to withstand their intended use over their normal lifetime,
1
taking into account regular and scheduled maintenance and specific
equipment adjustments clearly and unambiguously set out in the
operator’s manual provided with the vehicle. The vehicle
manufacturer shall provide a signed statement to this effect.
Vehicle assembly and construction in the assembly plants, in

particular the processes relating to the vehicle frame, chassis and
2
body and the drivetrain, shall be covered by a quality assurance
system to ensure that essential mechanical connections, such as
welds and threaded connections, as well as other relevant material
characteristics, are checked and verified as appropriate.
The approval authority shall verify the quality assurance system as

3 part of the conformity of production arrangements referred to in
Article 28 of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013.
The type-approval authority shall verify that in the event of a recall

due to a serious safety risk, specific analysis of vehicle structures,
4
components and/or parts by means of engineering calculations,
virtual testing methods and/or structural testing can upon request be
made available without delay to the approval authority and the
European Commission.
Vehicle type-approval shall not be granted if there is reason to doubt that the vehicle
manufacturer is able to make available the analysis referred to in point 4. This doubt
could relate either to the accessibility or the existence of such analysis (e.g.
5
application for type-approval of a limited batch of vehicles from a non-established
manufacturer represented by a party unlikely to have any meaningful access to such
analysis).
Details of the above, e.g. document references, attached annex etc.:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
VII The field of vision and windscreen wipers
Vehicles of categories T and C shall comply with the following

requirements:
1
ISO 5721-1:2013 on the field of vision forward and the windscreen
wipers
The part concerning the vision beside the tractor, in ISO 5721-2:
2014 on the field of vision to the side and to the rear of agricultural
tractors.
2 The requirements of point 5.1.3 of ISO 5721-2:2014 may be fulfilled
by a combination of direct and indirect view.
The tests and acceptance criteria set out in ISO 5721-2:2014 shall also apply to
tractors exceeding a width of 2,55 m.
Details of the above, e.g. separate report, attached annex, etc.:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
VIII Glazing
Vehicles of categories T and C shall comply with the following

requirements:
2.1 & 2.2

Glazing of vehicles of category T & C shall comply with the
requirements of UNECE Regulation No 43 except for Annex 21.
Safety glazing installation on vehicles of category T and C with a

maximum design speed exceeding 60 km/h shall comply with the
2.3
provisions for vehicles of category N in Annex 21 to UNECE
Regulation No 43
Test report number:
Safety glazing installation on vehicles of category T and C with a

2.4
maximum design speed not exceeding 60 km/h:
Safety glazing shall be installed in a way to ensure a high level of

2.4.1
safety for the occupants and, in particular, to provide the driver with a
high degree of visibility in all use conditions, not only forwards but
also rearwards and laterally.
Safety glazing shall be fitted in such a way that, despite the stresses
2.4.2
to which the vehicle is submitted under normal operating conditions,
it remains in position and continues to afford visibility and safety to
the occupants of the vehicle
Safety glazing shall bear the appropriate component type-approval

mark specified in paragraph 5.4. of UNECE Regulation No 43,
2.4.3
followed, when required, by one of the additional symbols provided
for in paragraph 5.5 of UNECE Regulation No 43
Safety glazing for windscreens:

• The regular light transmittance shall not be less than 70 %.
2.4.4 • The windscreen shall be correctly fitted with reference to the
driver’s eye reference point.
UK
• Vehicles with maximum design speed not exceeding 40 km/h, Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
shall be fitted with one of the types of safety glazing material

specified in Annex 4, Annex 5, Annex 6, Annex 8 or Annex 10
to UNECE Regulation No 43
• Vehicles with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h,
shall be fitted with one of the types of safety glazing material
referred above with the exception of Annex 5.
Safety glazing other than windscreens

• The safety glazing shall have a regular light transmittance of
at least 70 %.
• Plastic safety glazing material requisite for the driver’s
rearward vision shall bear a symbol A/L or B/L.
• Safety glazing material not needed for the driver’s rearward
vision or driver’s vision to the sides shall bear the symbol V if
2.4.5.1
the light transmittance is below 70 %.
• Plastic safety glazing material not needed for the driver’s
forward or rearward vision shall bear one of the symbols
specified in paragraphs 5.5.5, 5.5.6 and 5.5.7 of UNECE
Regulation No 43.
• In the case of plastic safety glazing, the provisions related to
abrasion resistance referred to in point 2.4.5.2 do not apply to
sunroofs and glazing located in the roof of a vehicle. No
abrasion test/symbol is required.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
IX Rear-view mirrors
46R-E1-021136
General
Tractors shall be fitted with two rear-view mirrors of class II and

2.1 optionally with a rear-view mirror of class I, bearing the type- Yes
approval mark of UNECE Regulation No 46
Rear-view mirrors shall be fixed in such a way that they remain

2.2 Yes
steady under normal driving conditions.
Vehicles equipped with a straddle seat and handlebars are required

2.3 to comply with the requirements set out in UNECE Regulation No 81 NA
instead of the requirements set out in points 2.1, 2.2 and 3 to 6.
Report reference:
NA
Additional mirrors and rear-view mirrors designed in order to monitor

the implements while working in the fields are not necessarily open
2.4 NA
to component type-approval but shall be located in accordance with
the setting requirements contained in points 3.1 to 3.5.
Position
The exterior rear-view mirror of class II shall be so placed that the

3.1 driver, when sitting on the driving seat in a normal driving position, Yes
has a clear view of the part of the road specified in point 5.
The exterior rear-view mirror shall be visible through the portion of

3.2 the windscreen that is swept by the windscreen wiper or through the Yes
side windows if the tractor is fitted with them.
The external rear-view mirrors shall not protrude beyond the external
3.3 bodywork of the tractor or the tractor-trailer combination more than is Yes
necessary to obtain the fields of vision specified in point 5.
Where the bottom edge of an exterior rear-view mirror is less than 2

m above the ground when the tractor is laden, this rear-view mirror
3.4 shall not project more than 0, 20 m beyond the overall width of the Yes
tractor or tractor-trailer combination measured without rear-view
mirrors.
Subject to the requirements set out in points 3.3 and 3.4, rear-view mirrors may UK
3.5 Approval
project beyond the tractor’s permissible maximum width.
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Adjustment
Any interior rear-view mirror shall be adjustable by the driver from his
4.1 Yes
driving position.
The exterior mirrors shall either: Yes

4.2
- be adjustable by the driver without leaving the driving position. The
mirror may, however, be locked into position from the outside.
4.3
- return automatically to their original position after being displaced,
or can be restored to their original position without the use of tools.
*Strike through as applicable
Fields of vision for rear view mirror of class II
The field of vision of the left hand or right hand exterior rear-view
mirror shall be such that the driver can see to the rear at least that
level part of the road, as far as the horizon, which is to the left or to
5.1 the right, respectively, of the plane parallel to the vertical longitudinal Yes
median plane and which passes through the leftmost or rightmost,
respectively, point of the overall width of the tractor or tractor-trailer
combination.
5.2
Instead of the requirements set out in point 5.1, the requirements of NA
ISO 5721-2:2014 may be complied with instead.
Test report reference:
NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
X Driver information systems:
“Virtual terminal” means electronic on-board information systems with display screens that
provide an operator with visual information on the performance of the vehicle and its systems,
1 and that allow the operator to monitor and control various functions via a touch screen or
keypad.
2.1
Driver information systems shall be designed so as to minimize
distraction of the driver whilst conveying the necessary information.
Information provided in a non-language format on a digital screen

2.2 shall meet the requirements of ISO 3767: part 1 (1998 +A2:2012)
and part 2 (2008).
Details of the above, e.g. document references, attached annex etc.:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XIII Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings, head restraints, seat belts,
vehicle doors
1.1.1 Requirements applying to all tractors
The ‘kneeform’ apparatus describe in section 4 should be used in assessing the

4
requirements of 1.1.1 with relation to the knee area of the cab.
The safety distance zone A above the SIP of the driving seat and
located in front of it, as determined in Figure 1, shall not contain any
dangerous roughness or sharp edges, likely to increase the risk of
1.1.1.1 serious injury to the occupants. If parts contained in the safety
distance zone A above the SIP, located in front of it, comply with the
requirements in points 1.1.2 to 1.1.6, they shall be deemed to also
comply with this requirement.
Figure 1
The safety distance zone A, whose centre is 670 mm above the

centre of the front edge of the front passenger seat, if fitted, and
located in front of it, as determined in Figure 2, shall not contain any
1.1.1.2
dangerous roughness or sharp edges, likely to increase the risk of
serious injury to the occupants. If parts contained in the safety
distance zone A above the SIP, located in front of it, comply with the
requirements in points 1.1.2 to 1.1.6, they shall be deemed to also
comply with this requirement.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Figure 2
In the case of vehicles equipped with steering wheel and bench

1.1.1.3
seats or bucket seats in more than one row, the environment of the
rear passenger seats, if fitted, shall comply with the requirements of
Annex XVII of the Regulation (EU) No 3/2014.
1.1.2
Parts that are likely to be contacted by the driver or passengers shall
have no sharp edges or rough surfaces hazardous to the occupants.
1.1.5
Shelves and other similar items, if fitted, shall be so designed and
constructed that their supports in no case have protruding edges.
Other items of equipment in the vehicle not covered by the preceding

or following point, such as seat slide rails, equipment for regulating
the horizontal or vertical part of the seat, devices for retracting safety
1.1.6 belts, etc. shall not be subject to any of these provisions if they are
situated below a horizontal plane passing through the seat index
point of each seat, even though the occupant is likely to come into
contact with such items.
1.1.3
Additional requirements for tractors with maximum design speed
exceeding 40 km/h: NA
1.1.3.1 Any metal support fittings shall have no protruding edges.
The parts that can be contacted by a hemisphere with a diameter of

165 mm, as described in point 3.2.1, when approaching along the
radius of zone A in Figure 1, shall be rounded to a radius of
1.1.3.2
curvature of not less than 2,5 mm. This requirement shall not apply
to parts of control devices and of casings between their switches,
which protrude less than 5 mm, but the outward facing angles of
such parts shall be blunted, save where such parts protrude less
than 1,5 mm.
1.1.3.3
Window winders, if fitted, may project 35 mm from the surface of the
panel.
Requirements of points 1.1.3.1, 1.1.3.2 and 1.1.3.3 do not apply to components UK

1.1.3.4 located beyond the steering wheel, as referenced from the apex of a cone, this apex Approval
being the centre of zone A in Figure 1, and the rim of the steering wheel being the Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
generatrix of that cone.
1.1.4
Further additional requirements for tractors with maximum
design speed exceeding 60 km/h
1.1.4.1
The lower edge of the instrument panel shall be rounded to a radius
of curvature of not less than 19 mm.
Switches, pull-knobs, etc., made of rigid material, which, measured

in accordance with the method prescribed project from 3.2 mm to 9.5
1.1.4.2
mm from the panel, shall have a cross-sectional area of not less than
2 cm 2 , measured 2.5 mm from the point projecting furthest, and
shall have rounded edges with a radius of curvature of not less than
2.5 mm.
If these components project by more than 9.5 mm from the surface

1.1.4.3
of the instrument panel, they shall be designed and constructed with
a cross-section of not less than 6.50 cm2 in area situated not more
than 6.5 mm from the point of maximum projection.
Components mounted on the roof, if fitted, but which are not part of
the roof structure, such as grab handles, lights and ventilation
1.1.4.4 openings, etc., shall have a radius of curvature of not less than 3,2
mm and, in addition, the width of the projecting parts shall not be
less than the amount of their downward projection.
In the case of a projection consisting of a component made of non-rigid material of

1.1.4.5 less than 60 Shore A hardness mounted on a rigid support, the requirements of
points 1.1.4.2-1.1.4.4 shall apply only to the rigid support.
The requirements set out in this section also apply to fittings not
mentioned in points 1.1.2-1.1.6 which, in accordance with the
1.1.4.6 requirements set out in points 1.1.1 to 1.1.6 and according to their
location in the vehicle, are capable of being contacted by the
occupants.
If such parts are made of a material softer than 60 Shore A hardness and mounted
on one or more rigid supports, the requirements in question shall apply only to those
rigid supports.
Head restraints
Part 3
Head restraints, if fitted shall comply with the provisions of UNECE
Regulation No 25.
Seat belts
Part 4
The requirements laid down in Article 21 of Delegated Regulation
(EU) No 1322/2014 shall apply.
Vehicle doors, if fitted UK

Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Vehicle doors with powered windows and powered roof hatches, if

Part 5 fitted, shall comply with paragraphs 5.8.1 to 5.8.5 of UNECE
Regulation No 21.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XIV Vehicle exterior and accessories
Scope
This Annex shall apply to those parts of the external surface which,
with the vehicle in the laden condition, equipped with tyres of the
2.1 highest diameter or set of tracks of the highest vertical dimension,
which are not intended for soil protection, for which it is approved, with all
doors, windows and access lids etc., in the closed position, are:
At a height of less than 0,75 m, the parts forming only at the sides of
the vehicle the extreme outer edge in each vertical plane
perpendicular to the length axis of the vehicle, with the exemption of
those parts with distance greater than 80 mm from the side extreme
2.1.1 outer edge of the vehicle and towards its median longitudinal plane,
when the vehicle is equipped with the tyres or set of tracks,
described in point 2.1, giving the least track width; if more than one
tyre or set of tracks, described in point 2.1, exist, the one giving the
minimum vehicle width shall be considered.
2.1.2 At the sides and at a height between 0,75 and 2 m, all parts, except:
the parts that cannot be contacted by a sphere with a diameter of

100 mm, when approaching horizontally in each vertical plane
perpendicular to the length axis of the vehicle; the displacement of
the sphere shall not exceed 80 mm, starting from the extreme outer
2.1.2.1 edge of each of the left and right side of the vehicle and towards its
median longitudinal plane, when the vehicle is equipped with the
tyres or set of tracks, described in point 2.1, giving the least track
width; if more than one tyre or set of tracks, described in point 2.1,
exist, the one giving the minimum vehicle width shall be considered
The purpose of these provisions is to reduce the risk or seriousness

2.2
of bodily injury to a person hit by the exterior of the vehicle or
brushing against it in the event of a collision. This is valid both when
the vehicle is stationary and in motion.
This annex does not apply to exterior rear-view mirrors, including

their support. This Annex does not apply neither to the track chains
2.3 & 2.4 nor to the parts of the tracks that are inside of the vertical plane
formed by the extreme outer edge of the track belt or track chain of
vehicles of category C.
UK
2.5
This Annex does not apply to the parts of the wheels and of the Approval
wheel guards that are inside of the vertical plane formed by the Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
exterior lateral wall of the tyres.
This Annex does not apply to steps and rungs, including their
2.6 support, mentioned in points 3.3. and 4.2. of Annex XV to Delegated
Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014.
This annex does not apply to mechanical, electrical, pneumatic or

2.7 hydraulic connections, including their supports, mounted on the sides
of tractors.
2.8
This annex does not apply to articulation structures on foldable
ROPS of T2, C2, T3 and C3 category tractors.
Requirements
The external surface of the vehicle shall not exhibit, directed

outwards, any pointed or sharp parts, rough surfaces, or any
3.1
projections of such shape, dimensions, direction or hardness as to
be likely to increase the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a
person hit by the external surface or brushing against it in the event
of a collision.
The external surfaces on each side of the vehicle shall not exhibit,
3.2 directed outwards, any parts likely to catch on pedestrians, cyclists
or motor cyclists.
No protruding part of the external surface shall have a radius of

curvature less than 2,5 mm or each external part with edges shall be
positioned with respect to the longitudinal axis so that the outside
face of such part shall be flat and without edges and on a plane
3.3. parallel with the vertical plane containing the longitudinal axis. This
requirement shall not apply to parts of the external surface which
protrude less than 5 mm, but the outward facing angles of such parts
shall be blunted, save where such parts protrude less
than 1,5 mm.
Protruding parts of the external surface, made of a material of

hardness not exceeding 60 shore A, may have a radius of curvature
3.4. less than 2, 5 mm. The hardness measurement by the Shore A
procedure may be replaced by a hardness value declaration from the
manufacturer of the component.
Vehicles equipped with hydro-pneumatic, hydraulic or pneumatic

3.5. suspension or a device for automatic levelling according to load shall
be tested with the vehicle in the laden condition.
3.6.
For connecting structures on ROPS of T2, C2, T3 and C3 category
tractors only point 3.1 shall apply.
UK
Approval
3.7 For side direction indicator lamps, end outline marker lamps, front Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
and rear position (side) lamps, parking lamps, retro-reflectors,

signalling panels, working lamps, SMV rear marking plates, including
their supports, only points 3.1 and 3.2 shall apply.
Exposed implements on vehicles of categories R and S that have

sharp edges or teeth when set in road transport mode and that are
already covered by Directive 2006/42/EC are exempted from
complying with points 3.1 to 3.5. For exposed areas of any other
3.8 part of vehicles of categories R and S with maximum design speed
exceeding 60 km/h, points 3.1 to 3.5 shall apply. For exposed areas
of any other part of vehicles of categories R and S with maximum
design speed not exceeding 60 km/h, only points 3.1 and 3.2
shall apply
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XVII Heating systems
Requirements for all T- and C-category vehicles
Tractors with enclosed driver compartments shall be fitted with a

heating system which complies with this Annex.
1.1 Tractors with cab shall be fitted with a heating system which
complies with this Annex. Tractors with cab may be fitted with air
conditioning systems. Where fitted, such systems shall comply with
this Annex.
1.2
The heating system, in combination with the cab ventilation, shall be
able to defrost and demist the windscreen.
Heating system shall be tested in accordance with sections 8 and 9,

1.2 & 1.3
paragraphs 8.1.1 to 8.1.4 of ISO 14269-2:2001. Alternatively, the
requirements for N-category vehicles set out in UNECE Regulation
No 122 may be used.
Report reference:
1.2
Cooling system shall be tested in accordance with sections 8 and 9,
paragraphs 8.1.1 to 8.1.4 and 9.1.1 to 9.1.4 of ISO 14269-2:2001
Report reference:
1.2 Test reports shall be included into the information document.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XVIII Devices to prevent unauthorised use
1
Manufacturers may apply either the provisions of 1.1.1, or of 2.1 /
2.2.
A means shall be provided to enable prevention of inadvertent and/or

unauthorised starting of the engine. Examples of such means include
but are not limited to:
1.1.1
— an ignition or start switch with a removable key,
— a lockable cab,
— a lockable cover over the ignition or start switch,
— a security ignition or starting lock (e.g. key card activated),
— a lockable battery disconnect switch.
Details:
For vehicles which are fitted with handlebars, all the relevant
2.1 requirements of UNECE Regulation No 62, as referenced in Annex I,
shall apply.
For vehicles which are not fitted with handlebars, manufacturers

shall apply all the relevant requirements as prescribed for vehicle
category N2 in points 2, 5 except point 5.6, 6.2 and 6.3, of UNECE
2.2 Regulation No 18, as referenced in Annex I to this Regulation or the
requirements of appropriate standards on programmable electronic
devices in order to prevent unauthorised use, should such standards
exist from 1 January 2018.
Details, test report number, etc.:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XIX Registration plates
1
Shape and dimensions of the space for mounting rear
registration plates
The space for mounting shall comprise a flat or virtually flat

rectangular surface with minimum dimensions of either:
width: 520 mm
height: 120 mm
or
width: 255 mm
height: 165 mm.
2 Location of the space for mounting and the fixing of the plates
The centre of the plate shall not be further to the right than the plane
of symmetry of the vehicle. The left lateral edge of the plate shall not
2.1 be further to the left than the vertical plane parallel to the plane of
symmetry of the vehicle and tangent to the point where the cross
section of the vehicle is at its widest.
2.2
The plate shall be perpendicular or practically perpendicular to the
plane of symmetry of the vehicle.
The plate shall be vertical within a tolerance of 5°. However, where

the shape of the vehicle so requires, it may be inclined to the vertical:
• at not more than 30° when the surface bearing the
registration number is inclined upwards, provided that the
2.3
height of the upper edge of the plate is not more than 1.2
metres from the ground.
• at not more than 15° when the surface bearing the
registration number is inclined downwards, provided that the
height of the upper edge of the plate is more than 1.2 metres
from the ground.
The height of the lower edge of the plate above ground shall not be
2.4 less than 0, 3 metres; the height of the upper edge of the plate above
ground shall not exceed 4 metres.
2.5
The heights given in points 2.3 and 2.4 shall be measured with the
vehicle unladen.
If the height of the upper edge of the plate from the ground surface UK
2.6.1 Approval
does not exceed 1,20 m, the plate shall be visible in the whole space Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
included within the following four planes:

- The two vertical planes touching the two lateral edges of the plate
and forming an angle measured outwards to the left and to the right
of the plate of 30° to the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle;
- The plane touching the upper edge of the plate and forming an
angle measured upwards of 15° to the horizontal;
- The horizontal plane through the lower edge of the plate.
No structural element, even when fully transparent, shall be located

in this space.
If the height of the upper edge of the plate from the ground surface
exceeds 1,20 m, the plate shall be visible in the whole space
included within the following four planes:
- the two vertical planes touching the two lateral edges of the plate
and forming an angle measured outwards to the left and to the right
2.6.1.a of the plate of 30° to the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle.
- the plane touching the upper edge of the plate and forming an
angle measured upwards of 15° to the horizontal;
- the plane touching the lower edge of the plate and forming an angle
measured downwards of 15° to the horizontal.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XX Statutory plates and markings
3 Statutory plate
A statutory plate, modelled as set out in Annex IV to Implementing

Regulation (EU) 2015/504, shall be firmly attached in a conspicuous
and readily accessible position on a part normally not subject to
3.1 replacement during normal use, regular maintenance or repair (e.g.
due to accident damage). It shall show clearly and indelibly the
information specified in the model for the EU type-approval mark set
out in Annex IV to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504.
The manufacturer may give additional information below or to the

3.2
side of the prescribed inscriptions, outside a clearly marked
rectangle enclosing only the information required by Annex IV of
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504.’
4 Vehicle Identification Number
The VIN shall be marked on the statutory plate, as well as on the

4.1 chassis, frame or a similar structure of the vehicle when the vehicle
leaves the production line.
4.2 It shall wherever possible be entered on a single line.
4.3
It shall be marked on the chassis or other similar structure, where
possible on the front right-hand side of the vehicle.
It shall be hammered, punched, etched or laser-engraved directly

4.4 onto an easily accessible part, preferably on the front right side of the
vehicle in a way which avoids obliteration, alteration and removal.
Characters
The characters specified in the model for the EU type-approval mark

5 set out Annex IV to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/504 shall be
used for the markings referred to in sections 3 and 4.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXI Dimensions and trailer masses
1 Definitions
‘Length of the vehicle’ means:

— the length of the vehicle measured between the vertical planes at
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing the
1.1 outermost points thereof, but excluding:
— all mirrors,
— all starting handles,
— all front or lateral position (side) lamps.
‘Width of the vehicle’ means:

— the width of the vehicle measured between the vertical planes
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the
outermost points thereof, but excluding:
1.2
— any mirrors,
— any direction indicators,
— any front, lateral or rear position (side) lamps and any parking
lamps,
— any folding components such as lift-up footrests and flexible mud-
flaps.
‘Height of the vehicle’ means the vertical distance between the

ground and the point on the vehicle the greatest distance from the
1.3
ground, excluding the aerial. When this height is determined, the
vehicle must be fitted with new tyres having the greatest rolling
radius, expressed by the speed radius index, specified by their
manufacturer;
2 Dimensions
The measurements intended to check these dimensions shall be

carried out as follows:
• with unladen mass of vehicle in running order
• on a flat horizontal surface
• with the vehicle stationary and, if applicable, the engine
switched off
• with the new tyres at the normal pressure recommended by
the manufacturer
• with doors and windows closed, if applicable
• with the steering wheel in the straight-ahead position
• without any detachable agricultural or forestry implement UK
attached to the vehicle and that can be detached without Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
special tools
2.1
The maximum dimensions of any vehicle of category T or C are as
follows:
Length: 12 m
Width: 2.55 m (ignoring the deflected part of the tyre walls at the
point of contact with the ground
Height: 4m
Length Width Height

Declared
Measured(m)
Permissible towable mass
The permissible towable mass may consist of one or more trailers towed or
agricultural or forestry implements. A distinction is drawn between the technically
permissible towable mass stated by the manufacturer and the permissible towable
mass as laid down in point 3.2 below.
3.2 The permissible towable mass shall not exceed:
The technically permissible towable mass, stated by the tractor

3.2.1 manufacturer, taking into account the requirements concerning the
tractor in Annex XXXIV
3.2.2
The towable mass of the mechanical coupling(s) pursuant to their
component type-approval(s) in accordance with this Regulation.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXII The maximum laden mass
2 Requirements
The technically permissible mass stated by the manufacturer shall be

2.1 in accordance with that applied in the various tests, and shall not
exceed the relevant figures in the table below:
Whatever the state of loading of the tractor, the mass transmitted to

2.2 the road by the wheels on the steering axle shall not be less than 20
% of the unladen mass of that tractor.
The sum of the maximum permissible masses per axle shall be

2.3.1 equal to or higher than the maximum permissible laden mass of the
vehicle.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXIII Ballast masses
Where the tractor is to be fitted with ballast weights in order to meet

the other requirements of EU type-approval, those ballast weights
shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the tractor, be intended for
fitting, and bear the manufacturer’s mark and a statement of their
mass in kilograms to an accuracy of ± 5 %. Front ballast weights that
have been designed for frequent removal/fitting shall leave a safety
clearance of at least 25 mm for the grab handles. The method of
locating the ballast weights shall be such that any inadvertent
separation is avoided (e.g. in the event of tractor rollover).
Details of any ballast masses specified:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXIV The safety of electrical systems
Electrical cables shall be protected if located in potentially abrasive

contact with surfaces and shall be resistant to, or protected against,
1.1.1 contact with lubricant or fuel. Electrical cables shall be located so
that no portion is in contact with the exhaust system, moving parts or
sharp edges.
Fuses or other overload protection devices shall be installed in all

electrical circuits except for high amperage circuits such as the
1.1.2 starter-motor circuit and high-tension spark ignition system. Electrical
distribution of these devices between circuits shall prevent the
possibility of cutting off all operator alert systems simultaneously.
2
Requirements on static electricity safety are covered in point 3 of
Annex XXV.
All-electric vehicles in categories T2, T3, C2 or C3 should comply, as

3 far as is practicable, with the requirements of Annex IV of
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXV Fuel tanks
Fuel tanks shall be made so as to be corrosion resistant. They shall

satisfy the leakage tests carried out by the manufacturer at a
pressure equal to double the working pressure but in any event not
less than 0.3 bar. Any excess pressure or any pressure exceeding
1
the working pressure shall be automatically compensated by suitable
devices (vents, safety valves etc.). The vents shall be designed in
such a way as to prevent any fire risk. The fuel shall not escape
through the fuel-tank cap or through the devices provided to
compensate excess pressure even if the tank is completely
overturned: a drip shall be tolerated.
Fuel tanks shall be installed in such a way as to be protected from

2
the consequences of an impact to the front or to the rear of the
tractor; there shall be no protruding parts, sharp edges etc. near the
tanks.
2
The fuel supply pipework and the filler orifice shall be installed
outside the cab.
The fuel tank and its accessory parts shall be designed and installed
in the vehicle in such a way that any ignition hazard due to static
electricity shall be avoided.
3 If necessary, measure(s) for charge dissipation shall be provided.
However, no charge dissipation system is required for fuel tanks
designed for containing a fuel with a flash point of at least 55 °C. The
flash point shall be determined in accordance with ISO 2719:2002.
Details:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXVIII Load platforms
The centre of gravity of the platform shall be situated between the

1
axles.
The dimensions of the platform shall be such that:

• The length does not exceed 1.4 times the front or rear track
2 of the tractor, whichever is the larger (except category T4.3)
• The width does not exceed the maximum overall width of the
tractor without equipment, or 2,55 m, whichever is the narrower.
3
The platform shall be laid out symmetrically in relation to the
longitudinal median plane of the tractor.
4
The height of the load platform above the ground shall be not more
than 150 cm.
The type of platform and the way it is fitted shall be such that, with a
5
normal load, the driver’s field of vision remains adequate and the
various compulsory lighting and light-signalling devices may continue
to fulfil their proper function.
6
The load platform may be detachable; it shall be attached to the
tractor in such a way as to avoid any risk of accidental detachment.
For tractors of category T4.3, the length of the platform shall not
7.1 exceed 2.5 times the maximum front or rear track of the tractor,
whichever is the larger.
For vehicles with multiple load platforms, the centre of gravity of the
vehicle with loaded platforms and without driver shall be situated
8 between the front-most and the rearmost axle in all loading
conditions. In assessing this requirement, it shall be assumed the
load is evenly distributed on the load platforms.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXIX Towing devices
Every tractor shall have a special device to which it shall be possible

1 to attach a connection such as a tow-bar or a tow-rope for towing
purposes.
2
The device shall be fitted to the front of the tractor, which shall be
equipped with a coupling pin or hook.
The towing device shall be of the slotted-jaw type or a winch suitable

3
for its application. The opening at the centre of the locking pin shall
be 60 mm + 0,5/– 1,5 mm and the depth of the jaw measured from
the centre of the pin shall be 62 mm - 0,5 / +5 mm.
The coupling pin shall have a diameter of 30 + 1,5 mm and be fitted

3 with a device preventing it from leaving its seating during use. The
securing device shall be non-detachable.
The tolerances of + 1,5 mm referred to above should not be regarded as a

manufacturing tolerance but as a permissible variation in nominal dimensions for
pins of different designs.
4.1
The dimensions of point 3 can be exceeded if the manufacturer
deems that they are not adequate for the size or mass of the vehicle.
As an alternative to the above requirements, Manufacturers may

4.2
choose to apply on vehicles with a maximum technically permissible
mass not exceeding 2000 kg the requirements of Commission
Regulation (EU) No 1005/2010
The correct use of the towing device shall be explained in the

5 Operator’s manual, in accordance with the requirements laid down in
Article 25 of Delegated regulation (EU) No 1322/2014
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXX Tyres
2.2.1 Vehicles with a maximum design speed not exceeding 65 km/h
Subject to the provisions of point 2.2.1.2. all tyres fitted to vehicles,

2.2.1.1 including any spare tyre, shall be type- approved according to
UNECE Regulation No 106
For the purpose of vehicle type-approval in accordance with

Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, tyres designed primarily for
agricultural vehicles with diagonal or bias-ply and bias-belted
2.2.1.1.1
construction with a reference speed not exceeding 40 km/h (i.e.
speed symbol A8), as well as radial tyres designed primarily for
construction application purposes (i.e. tyres marked ‘Industrial’,
‘IND’, ‘R-4’ or ‘F-3’) may until 31 December 2017 be type-approved
according to this Regulation instead.
Where a vehicle is designed for conditions of use which are

incompatible with the characteristics of tyres type-approved
according to UNECE Regulation No 106, as referenced in Annex I,
or this Regulation and it is therefore necessary to fit tyres with
different characteristics, the requirements of point 2.2.1.1. do not
apply, provided that the following conditions are met:
2.2.1.2 — the tyres are in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009
(i.e. type-approved according to UNECE regulations No’s 30, 54 and
117) or type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 75, and
— the approval authority and technical service are satisfied that the
tyres fitted are suitable for the operating conditions of the vehicle.
The nature of the exemption and reasons for acceptance shall be
clearly stated in the test report.
Details:
2.2.2 Vehicles with a maximum design speed exceeding 65 km/h: NA
Subject to the provisions of point 2.2.2.2., all tyres fitted to vehicles,

2.2.2.1
including any spare tyre, shall be in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 661/2009 (i.e. type-approved according to UNECE Regulations
No’s 30, 54 and 117 as referenced in Annex I).
Where a vehicle is designed for conditions of use which are

2.2.2.2
incompatible with the characteristics of tyres type-approved in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 and it is therefore UK
Approval
necessary to fit tyres with different characteristics, the requirements Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
of point 2.2.2.1. do not apply, provided that the following conditions

are met:
— the tyres are type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No
75; and
— the approval authority and technical service are satisfied that the
tyres fitted are suitable for the operating conditions of the vehicle.
The nature of the exemption and reasons for acceptance shall be
clearly stated in the test report.
2.2.3 General requirements for the installation of tyres
All tyres normally fitted to one axle shall be of the same type, with
2.2.3.1 the exception of the cases mentioned in points 2.2.4.1.1 and
2.2.4.1.2.
The space in which the wheel revolves shall be such as to allow

unrestricted movement when using the maximum permissible size of
tyres and rim widths, taking into account the minimum and maximum
wheel off-sets if applicable, within the minimum and maximum
suspension and steering constraints as declared by the vehicle
manufacturer. This shall be verified by performing the checks with
2.2.3.2 the largest and the widest tyres in each space, taking into account
the applicable rim size and the maximum allowed section width and
outer diameter of the tyre, in relation to the tyre size designation as
specified in the relevant UNECE regulation. The checks shall be
performed by rotating a representation of the tyre’s maximum
envelope, not just the actual tyre, in the space for the wheel in
question.
The technical service may agree to an alternative test procedure

2.2.3.3
(e.g. virtual testing) to verify that the requirements of point 2.2.3.2
are met, provided that the clearance between the tyre’s maximum
envelope and vehicle structure is complied with.
The maximum load rating of each tyre fitted on the vehicle, taking
into due account the maximum design speed of the vehicle and the
most demanding service conditions, as well as the special cases of
points 2.2.6. to 2.2.6.5. if applicable, shall be at least equal to the
following:
— the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is
2.2.4.1 equipped with one tyre only;
— half of the maximum permissible mass per axle where the axle is
equipped with two tyres in single formation;
— 0,285 times the maximum permissible mass per axle where the
axle is equipped with two sets of tyres in dual (twin) formation;
— 0, 20 times the maximum permissible mass per axle where the
axle is equipped with two sets of tyres in triple formation.
In case where dual or triple formations are composed by tyres of UK

2.2.4.1.1 Approval
different types (i.e. tyre size designations and service descriptions) Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
the following apply:

— the tyres shall have the same overall diameter;
— the tyres shall be of the same ‘category of use’, ‘structure’ and
‘speed category symbol’ as defined in paragraphs 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and
2.1.5 of UNECE regulation 106, as referenced in Annex I;
— the vehicle shall be equipped symmetrically;
— the sum of the maximum load ratings of all tyres fitted to the axle
shall be at least 1,14 times the maximum permissible axle mass in
the case of dual formation and 1,2 times the maximum permissible
axle mass in the case of triple formation;
— the share of the maximum permissible mass per axle on each tyre
of the formation shall not exceed the maximum load rating of each
tyre;
— the inflation pressure of each tyre in the formation shall conform to
the recommendation of the tyre manufacturer taking into account the
actual load on each tyre and the service conditions.
When a vehicle may be fitted on each axle with tyres for which the
sum of maximum load rating is less than the maximum permissible
mass per axle, the requirements of points 2.2.4.1 and 2.2.4.1.1 apply
with the maximum permissible mass per axle according to the tyre
specification instead of the maximum permissible mass per axle.
2.2.4.1.2
The maximum permissible mass per axle according to the tyre
specification and the maximum permissible mass per axle are the
ones declared by the vehicle manufacturer.
The owner’s manual, the information document and the certificate of
conformity shall mention the values of mass per axle for each one of
them depending on the maximum permissible mass per axle
according to the tyre specification.
The maximum load rating of a tyre is determined as follows:

• In the case of tyres identified by speed symbol D (i.e. 65 km/h) or lower the
‘table load-capacity variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph 2.30 of
UNECE Regulation No 106, as referenced in Annex I, for its specific
category of use is taken into account. The table shows, as a function of the
load-capacity indices and nominal-speed-category symbols, the load
variations which a pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into account the
maximum design speed of the vehicle.
• In the case of tyres identified by speed symbol F (80 km/h) or higher, type-
approved according to UNECE Regulation No 54, the ‘table load-capacity
2.2.4.2 variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph 2.29 of that Regulation is
taken into account. The table shows, as a function of the load-capacity
indices and nominal- speed-category symbols, the load variations which a
pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into account the maximum design
speed of the vehicle.
• In the case of tyres type-approved according to UNECE Regulation No 75,
the ‘table load-capacity variation with speed’ as referred to in paragraph
2.27 of that Regulation is taken into account. The table shows, as a
function of the load-capacity indices and nominal-speed-category symbols,
the load variations which a pneumatic tyre can withstand taking into
account the maximum design speed of the vehicle.
The relevant information concerning load and speed indices as well UK

2.2.4.3 Approval
as the applicable tyre inflation pressures shall be stated clearly in the Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
instruction manual of the vehicle in order to ensure that suitable

replacement tyres with an appropriate load capacity shall be fitted
when necessary, once the vehicle has been put into service.
The load capacity index indicated in the information document shall

2.2.4.3.1
be the lowest grade which is compatible with the maximum
permissible load on the tyre in question. Tyres with a higher grade
may be fitted.
2.2.5.1
Every tyre fitted normally on the vehicle shall bear a speed category
symbol.
2.2.5.1.1
The speed category symbol shall be compatible with the maximum
design speed.
2.2.5.1.2
The adjusted load rating as referred to in points 2.2.4.2.1. to
2.2.4.2.3. shall be taken into account.
The relevant information and the applicable tyre inflation pressure

shall be stated clearly in the vehicle owner’s handbook in order to
2.2.5.2 ensure that suitable replacement tyres with an appropriate speed
capacity shall be fitted when necessary, once the vehicle has been
put into service.
The speed category as indicated in the information document shall

2.2.5.2.1 be the lowest grade which is compatible with the maximum design
vehicle speed. Tyres with a higher grade may be fitted.
Specific requirements for vehicles fitted with tyres identified by

speed symbols corresponding to a maximum design speed not
exceeding 65 km/h (i.e. up to symbol D).
In cyclic service:
• unloading shall occur before road transport
• vehicles equipped with injectors, or any other ground
2.2.6.1.1. engaging attachment (e.g. ploughs) or dragging objects are
considered to be operating in a high torque mode;
• vehicles towing trailers are also considered to be operating in
a high torque mode when operating on slopes greater than
11° (20 %).
In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel'

operating in field applications with 'high and sustained torque' (e.g.
2.2.6.1.3.
ploughing) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load
corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by
1.07 for tyres with speed symbol A8 or 1.15 for tyres with speed
symbol D.
UK
2.2.6.1.4.
In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel' Approval
operating in field applications without 'high and sustained torque' and Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
up to a maximum speed of 10 km/h (excluding hillside operations

over 20 % slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the
load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by
1.70.
In case tyres classified in category of use 'Tractor - Drive wheel'

operating in field applications without 'high and sustained torque' and
2.2.6.1.5.
a maximum speed not exceeding 15 km/h (excluding hillside
operations over 20 % slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not
exceed the load corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre
multiplied by 1.55.
In case tyres classified in category of use 'Implement, installed on T-,

R- and S-category' vehicles, identified by speed symbols A6 or A8
with a nominal rim diameter code lower than 24, operating in 'cyclic
high load variation' (i.e. when one way the vehicle is empty and on
2.2.6.1.6. the other way the technically permissible maximum laden mass of
the vehicle exceeds two times the unladen mass in running order)
the variation in load capacity with speed identified in point 2.2.4.2.1.
may be increased by up to 20 % for Free Rolling wheels or by up to
43 % in case of Drive wheels.
The minimum tyre inflation pressure to be adopted for the cases of

2.2.6.1.7. the points 2.2.6.1.2 to 2.2.6.1.6 shall be provided by the tyre
manufacturer.
In case of “Improved Flexion Tyre” or “Very High Flexion Tyre”

classified in category of use “Tractor – Drive wheel” (marked with
prefix IF or VF) operated at speeds up to a maximum speed of 10
2.2.6.2. km/h fitted to a vehicle equipped with a “Front end loader”, the
maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed 1, 40 times the load
corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre and the relevant
reference pressure shall be increased by 80 kPa.
In the case of "Improved Flexion Tyre" classified in category of use

'Tractor Drive Wheel', marked with prefix IF and with suffix 'CFO',
fitted to T-category vehicles operating in field applications without
2.2.6.2.1.
'high and sustained torque' (excluding hillside operations over 20 %
slope) the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load
corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre multiplied by
1.55 for operations up to a maximum speed of 15 km/h and by 1.30
for operations up to a maximum speed of 30 km/h.
Where tyres classified in category of use “Tractor – Drive wheel” are

marked with speed symbols D or A8 and fitted to agricultural trailers
2.2.6.3. operating at speeds between 25 km/h and 40 km/h, the maximum
load on a tyre shall not exceed 1, 20 times the load corresponding to
the load index marked on the tyre.
UK
Approval
2.2.6.4. In case of tyres classified in category of use 'Forestry machines' Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
fitted to traction wheels of T-category vehicles, for forestry purposes,

with high and sustained torque applications in forestry service at
speeds up to 10 km/h (including the cases of points 2.2.6.1.1.2 and
2.2.6.1.1.3), the maximum load on a tyre shall not exceed the load
corresponding to the load index marked on the tyre.
In case of tyres classified in category of use 'Implement', marked

with speed symbols A6 or A8, fitted to free rolling steering wheels of
2.2.6.5.
T–category vehicles, the load capacity identified as ‘Free Rolling’,
taking into account the maximum design speed of the vehicle as well
as the variation of load capacity with speed according to definition
2.30 of UNECE Regulation No 106 shall be multiplied by up 0.80.
The relevant information and the applicable tyre inflation pressure

shall be stated clearly in the instruction manual of the vehicle in order
2.2.6.6. to ensure that suitable replacement tyres with an appropriate load
capacity shall be fitted when necessary, once the vehicle has been
put into service.
In case the applicable tyre inflation pressure for tyres fitted to

2.2.6.7. agricultural or forestry vehicles exceeds 500 kPa, the tyre ground
pressure exerted on a flat surface shall not exceed 0.8 MPa.
The tyre ground pressure is the average load transmitted by the correctly inflated
tyre, through its contact area, onto a flat surface. The vertical force is taken under
static conditions on the axis of the wheel taking into account the maximum
permissible mass per axle as declared by the manufacturer. The tyre contact area
consists of the flat surface contained within the convex polygonal
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXXI Spray-suppression systems
1 Requirements for all vehicles in category Txb
1.1
Tb and Rb category vehicles shall be equipped with wheel guards
(parts of the bodywork, mudguards, etc.).
The wheel guards shall be designed so that they protect other road
1.2 users as far as possible from dispersed stones, dirt, ice, snow and
water.
The wheels shall have a guard at the top, which covers at least 2/3
1.3 of the total width of the tyre. The front and rear edge of the guard
shall cover an angle of at least 90°.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXXII The reverse gear
All tractors shall be equipped with a device for reversing which can
be operated from the driving position.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
XXXIV Mechanical couplings
2 General requirements
2.1
The mechanical coupling components may be designed to function
automatically or non-automatically.
The mechanical coupling components on the vehicle shall conform to

2.2
the dimensional and strength requirements in point 3.1 and point 3.2
and the requirements for the vertical load on the coupling point in
point 3.3.
All the couplings and their locks shall be easy to engage and release
2.5 and shall be so designed that under normal operating conditions no
accidental de-coupling is possible.
In automatic coupling components the locked position shall be

2.5
secured in a form-locking manner by two independently functioning
safety devices. However, the latter may be released using the same
control device.
For mechanical couplings on tractors, the drawbar ring shall be

capable of tilting horizontally at least 60° on both sides of the
2.6
longitudinal axis of a non-built-in coupling device. In addition, vertical
mobility of 20° upwards and downwards is required at all times. (See
also Appendix 1.)
The angles of articulation shall not be attained at the same time.
For mechanical couplings on tractors, the jaw shall permit the

2.7
drawbar rings to swivel axially at least 90° to the right or left around
the longitudinal axis of the coupling with a fixed braking momentum
of between 30 and 150 Nm.
The towing hook, no-swivel clevis coupling, ball coupling and pin
2.7 (piton) coupling shall allow the drawbar ring to swivel axially at least
20° to the right or left around the longitudinal axis of the coupling.
For mechanical couplings on tractors, in order to prevent

unintentional uncoupling from the hitch ring, the distance between
2.8 the towing hook or ball head or pin (piton) tip and the keeper
(clamping device) shall not exceed 10 mm at the maximum design
load.’
UK
Approval
2.9 Where a towed vehicle tows another towed vehicle, the mechanical coupling of Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
the former shall comply with the requirements on mechanical couplings for
tractors.
Special requirements
3.1
The dimensions of the mechanical coupling components on the
tractor shall comply with Appendix 1, Figures 1 to 5 and Table 1.
The maximum static vertical load is laid down by the manufacturer.

3.3.1 However, it shall not exceed 3 000 kg, except for the ball coupling,
where the maximum value shall not exceed 4 000 kg
The permissible static vertical load shall not exceed the technically
3.3.2.1
permissible static vertical load recommended by the manufacturer of
the tractor nor the static vertical load laid down for the mechanical
coupling pursuant to component type-approval.
Whatever the state of loading of the tractor, the mass transmitted to

3.3.2.2
the road by the wheels on the forward (steering) axle shall not be
less than 20 % of the unladen mass of that tractor, but the maximum
load on the rear (other) axle shall not be exceeded.
Height above the ground of the coupling device (h):
3.4
For mechanical couplings on tractors, all tractors with a technically

3.4.1
permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 2,5 tonnes shall be
fitted with a trailer coupling having a ground clearance satisfying one
of the following relations:
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
mt: mass of the tractor

mlt: mass of the tractor with ballast weight on the front axle
ma: weight on the front axle of the unladen tractor
mla: weight on the front axle of the tractor with ballast weight on the front
axle
l: tractor wheelbase
S: vertical load on the coupling point
c: distance between the reference centre of the mechanical coupling
and the vertical plane passing through the axle of the rear wheels of the tractor
T
The attachment of the coupling devices shall correspond to that
4.2 which was tested when the EU component type-approval was
granted.
Instead of complying with the requirements of this Annex, the manufacturer may
6 choose to present a component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted
under UNECE Regulation No 55, as referenced in Annex I.
For vehicles which are fitted with handlebars, manufacturers may choose whether to
7 apply either the requirements of points 2 to 6 or the requirements of the relevant
provisions of Annex II(C)(4) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.
Remarks
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Test Report:
Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements (RVFSR)
Lighting Installation - T & C Category Vehicles
Legislation
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208 Annex XII as last amended by 2018/829
Test Details

VCA Representative(s): Nitin Jangra/Gray Du

Type: 6110B
Category: T1
Conclusion
Signature:
Name: Nitin Jangra

List of Annexes

I
II
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Lighting Installation checked on the John Deere 6110B 4WD tractor fitted with cabin.
Cover the following variants
Tests Required

General Specifications Yes
Main-beam headlamps Yes
Dipped-beam headlamps Yes
Front fog lamps NA
Reversing lamps NA
Direction-indicator lamps Yes
Hazard warning signal Yes
Stop lamps Yes
Front position lamps Yes
Rear position lamps Yes
Rear fog lamps NA
Parking lamps NA
End-outline marker lamps NA
Work lamp(s) Yes
Rear retro-reflectors, non- Yes
triangular
Side retro-reflectors, non- NA
triangular
Rear registration plate lamp(s) Yes
Front retro-reflectors, non- NA
triangular
Side marker lamps NA
Daytime running lamps NA
Cornering lamp NA
Conspicuity markings NA
SMV rear marking plate NA
Exterior courtesy lamp NA
Manoeuvring lamps NA
Rear retro-reflectors, triangular NA
Vehicle Identification Number 1YR6110BTKF500841
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Yes
vehicle tested and covers all variants and versions agreed in the worst case rationale.

Measuring Tape No. 8202 2020.8.20
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Complies
Test Requirements Yes / NA
General Specifications
The lighting and light-signalling devices shall be so fitted that under

normal conditions of use, and notwithstanding any vibration to which
5.1 they may be subjected, they retain the characteristics laid down. In Yes
particular, it shall not be possible for the adjustment of the lamps to
be inadvertently disturbed.
Vehicles shall be fitted with the permanently connected socket outlet

5.2 specified in ISO 1724:2003 and/or ISO 1185:2003 when they have a Yes
connection for attaching trailed vehicles or mounted machines.
Vehicles may be fitted with the supplementary 7-pin connector

5.2 Yes
according to ISO 3732:2003.
The illuminating main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps

5.3 and front fog-lamps shall be so installed that correct adjustment of Yes
their orientation can easily be carried out.
For all light-signalling devices, the reference axis of the lamp when
fitted to the vehicle shall be parallel with the bearing plane of the
vehicle on the road; in addition it shall be perpendicular to the
5.4
median longitudinal plane of the vehicle in the case of side retro- Yes
reflectors and of side-marker lamps and parallel to that plane in the
case of all other signalling devices. In each direction a tolerance of ±
3° shall be allowed. In addition, any specific instructions as regards
fitting laid down by the manufacturer shall be complied with.
In the absence of specific instructions, the height and orientation of

5.5 the lamps shall be verified with the vehicle unladen and placed on a Yes
flat horizontal surface.
In the absence of specific instructions, lamps constituting a pair shall:

• Be mounted symmetrically in relation to the median
longitudinal plane
5.6 • Be symmetrical to one another in relation to the median Yes
longitudinal plane
• Satisfy the same colorimetric requirements
• Have substantially identical photometric characteristics.
On vehicles whose external shape is asymmetrical, the requirements on symmetry

shall be satisfied as far as possible. Those requirements shall be regarded as
5.7
having been met if the distance of the two lamps from the median longitudinal plane
and from the bearing plane on the ground is the same.
UK
5.8.1 Lamps may be grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated with Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
one another provided that all requirements regarding colour, position,

orientation, geometric visibility, electrical connections and other
requirements, if any, are fulfilled.
The photometric and colorimetric requirements of a lamp shall be

fulfilled when all other functions with which this lamp is grouped,
combined or reciprocally incorporated are switched OFF.
However, when a front or rear position lamp is reciprocally
5.8.1.1 incorporated with one or more other function(s) which can be Yes
activated together with them, the requirements regarding colour of
each of these other functions shall be fulfilled when the reciprocally
incorporated function(s) and the front or rear position lamps are
switched ON.
Stop lamps and direction-indicator lamps are not permitted to be

5.8.1.2 Yes
reciprocally incorporated.
Where stop lamps and direction-indicator lamps are grouped, the

following conditions shall be met:
• Any horizontal or vertical straight line passing through the
projections of the apparent surfaces of these functions on a
plane perpendicular to the reference axis, shall not intersect
5.8.1.3 Yes
more than two borderlines separating adjacent areas of
different colour;
• Their apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis,
based upon the areas bounded by the outline of their light
emitting surfaces, do not overlap.
5.8.2
Where the apparent surface of a single lamp is composed of two or
more distinct parts, it shall comply with the following requirements:
Either:
• The total area of the projection of the distinct parts on a plane
tangent to the exterior surface of the outer lens and
perpendicular to the reference axis shall occupy not less than
60 % of the smallest quadrilateral circumscribing the said
5.8.2.1 Yes
projection; or
• The distance between two adjacent/tangential distinct parts
shall not exceed 15 mm when measured perpendicularly to
the reference axis. This requirement shall not apply to a retro-
reflector.
In the case of interdependent lamps, the distance between adjacent

apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axis does not
5.8.2.2 NA
exceed 75 mm when measured perpendicularly to the reference
axis.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
The maximum height above the ground shall be measured from the
highest point and the minimum height from the lowest point of the
apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis.
5.9
Where the maximum and minimum heights above the ground clearly
meet the requirements of the Regulation, the exact edges of any
surface need not be determined.
Lamps shall be installed in such a way that the vehicle complies with
applicable legislation concerning its maximum height.
For the purposes of reducing the geometric visibility angles, the

5.9.1 position of a lamp with regard to height above the ground, shall be
measured from the H plane.
In the case of dipped-beam headlamp, the minimum height in

5.9.2
relation to the ground is measured from the lowest point of the
effective outlet of the optical system (e.g. reflector, lens, projection
lens) independent of its utilisation.
The position, as regards width, will be determined from that edge of

the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis which is
the furthest from the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle when
referred to the overall width, and from the inner edges of the
5.9.3
apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis when referred
to the distance between lamps.
Where the position, as regards width, clearly complies with the

requirements set out in this Regulation, the exact edges of any
surface need not be determined.
In the absence of specific instructions, the photometric

characteristics (e.g. intensity, colour, apparent surface, etc.) of a
5.10 Yes
lamp shall not be intentionally varied during the period of activation
of the lamp.
Direction-indicator lamps and the vehicle-hazard warning signal shall

5.10.1 Yes
be flashing lamps.
The photometric characteristics of any lamp may varying relation to

the ambient light, as a consequence of the activation of other lamps,
5.10.2 or when the lamps is being used to provide another lighting function, Yes
provided that any variation in the photometric characteristics is in
compliance with the technical provisions for the lamp concerned.
No red light is visible to the front in Zone 1, with the exception of a

5.11 Yes
red rearmost side-marker
Note: See Appendix 1 for dimensions.
UK
Approval
5.11 No white light is visible to the rear in Zone 2, with the exception of Yes
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
reversing lamps and white side conspicuity markings

Note: See Appendix 1 for dimensions.
The electrical connections shall be such that the front and rear
position lamps, the end-outline marker lamps, if they exist, the side-
5.12 Yes
marker lamps, if they exist, and the rear registration plate lamp can
only be switched ON and OFF simultaneously.
This condition does not apply:
• When front and rear position lamps are switched ON, as well as side-
marker lamps when combined or reciprocally incorporated with said lamps,
as parking lamps;
• To front position lamps when their function is substituted under point
5.13.1.
The electrical connections shall be such that the main-beam and

5.13 dipped-beam headlamps and the front fog lamps cannot be switched Yes
on unless the lamps referred to in point 5.12 are also switched on.
This requirement shall not apply to luminous warnings consisting of main-beam or
dipped-beam headlamps lighting up at short intervals
The dipped-beam headlamps and/or the main-beam headlamps

and/or the front fog lamps may substitute the function of the front
position lamps, provided that:
• Their electrical connections are such that in case of failure of
any of these lighting devices the front position lamps are
automatically re-activated
5.13.1 NA
• The substituting lamp/function meets, for the respective
position lamp, the requirements set out in points 6.8.1. to
6.8.6.
• Appropriate evidence demonstrating compliance with the
requirements set out in point 5.13.1.2 is provided in the test
reports of the substituting lamp
5.14
The function of the circuit-closed tell-tales may be fulfilled by
operating tell-tales
5.15 The colours of the light emitted by the lamps shall be as specified Yes
Concealable lamps:
The concealment of lamps shall be prohibited, with the exception of

main-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps, and front fog-
lamps.
5.16 An illuminating device in the position of use shall remain in that NA

position during malfunction of the power for manipulating the lamp,
alone, or in conjunction with: a break, impedance, or short-circuit to
earth in the electrical circuit, defects in the hydraulic or pneumatic
leads, Bowden cables, solenoids or other components controlling or
transmitting the energy intended to activate the concealment device. UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
In the event of any failure affecting the operation of the concealment

device(s) the lamps shall remain in the position of use, if already in
use, or shall be capable of being moved into the position of use
without the aid of tools.
Illuminating devices which are manipulated by power shall be

brought into the position of use and switched on by means of a
single control, without excluding the possibility of moving them into
the position of use without switching them on. However, in the case
of grouped- main-beam headlamps and dipped-beam headlamps,
the control referred to above is required only to activate the dipped-
beam headlamps.
It shall not be possible deliberately, from the driver's seat, to stop the
movement of switched-on headlamps before they reach the position
of use. If there is a danger of dazzling other road users by the
movement of headlamps, they may light up only when they have
reached their final position.
At temperatures of – 30 °C to + 50 °C an illuminating device which is

manipulated by power shall be capable of reaching the position of
use within three seconds of initial operation of the control.
The position of all lamps may be varied except main-beam Yes

headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps and at least one pair of rear
reflectors, provided that:
5.17 • These lamps remain attached to the vehicle when their
position is altered;
• These lamps shall be capable of being locked in the position
required by traffic conditions. Locking shall be automatic.
There shall be no obstacle on the inside of the angles of geometric

visibility to the propagation of light from any part of the apparent
surface of the lamp observed from infinity. However, no account is
taken of obstacles, if they were already presented when the lamp
5.18 Yes
was type-approved.
If measurements are taken closer to the lamp, the direction of

observation shall be shifted parallel to achieve the same accuracy.
If, when a lamp is installed, any part of the apparent surface of the
lamp is hidden by any further parts of the vehicle, proof shall be
5.18 furnished that the part of the lamp not hidden by obstacles still NA
conforms to the photometric values prescribed for the approval of the
device.
Details:
NA
The number of lamps mounted on the vehicle shall be equal to the UK

5.19 Yes
Approval
number indicated in the individual specifications of this Regulation Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
(additional or unspecified lamps are not permitted).
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Individual Specifications
Main-beam headlamps
Mandatory for tractors with maximum design speed exceeding 40 km/h. Optional for other
Tractors. Regulations No. 1, 8, 20, 98, 112, 113. Yes
Category/Class [HC (halogen/LED) or DC (gas discharge)]

Approval Number E4-112R-0243
Number Fitted [2 or 4]
Colour White
Width The outer edges of the illuminating surface shall in no case be
closer to the extreme outer edge of the vehicles than the outer
edges of the illuminating surface of the dipped-beam
headlamps.
Height No individual specifications.
Length At the front of the vehicle.
This requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the light emitted does not
cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-
view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle.
Visibility The visibility of the illuminating surface, including its visibility in
areas which do not appear to be illuminated in the direction of
observation considered, shall be ensured within a divergent
space defined by generating lines based on the perimeter of
the illuminating surface and forming an angle of not less than
5° with the axis of reference of the headlamp.
Orientation Towards the front.
Apart from the devices necessary to maintain correct adjustment and when
there are two pairs of main-beam headlamps, one pair, consisting of
headlamps functioning as main-beam headlamp only, may swivel, according
to the angle of lock on the steering, about an approximately vertical axis.
Electrical May be switched on either simultaneously or in pairs. For
Connections changing over from the dipped to the main-beam at least one
pair of main beams shall be switched on. For changing over
from the main to the dipped-beam all main-beam headlamps
shall be switched off simultaneously.
Tell-tale Mandatory.
Other The aggregate maximum intensity of the main beams which
Requirements can be switched on simultaneously shall not exceed 430 000
cd, which corresponds to a reference value of 100.
This maximum intensity shall be obtained by adding together the individual
maximum reference marks which are indicated on the several headlamps.
The reference mark ‘10’ shall be given to each of the headlamps marked ‘R’
or ‘CR’.
Remarks Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Dipped-beam headlamps
Mandatory on tractors. Regulations No. 1, 8, 20, 98, 112, 113. Yes
Category/Class [HC (halogen/LED) or DC (gas discharge)]

Approval Number E4 43R-0243
Number Fitted [2 (or 4 - see point 6.2.4.2.4)]
Colour White
Width No individual specifications.
Height Minimum 500mm (350mm where vehicle width ≤ 1300mm)
Maximum 1500mm
The maximum may be increased to 2500 m where the shape, structure,
design or operational conditions of the vehicle prevent compliance with the
1500 mm value.
In the case of vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front,
two dipped-beam headlamps in addition to the lamps positioned according to
the above requirements shall be allowed at a height not exceeding 4000 mm
if the electrical connections are such that two pairs of dipped-beam
headlamps cannot be switched on at the same time.
Length As near to the front of the vehicle as possible
The light emitted shall not in any circumstances cause discomfort to the
driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other
reflecting surfaces of the vehicle.
Visibility 15° upwards and 10° downwards
45° outwards and 5° inwards.
Within this field, virtually the whole of the apparent surface of
the lamp shall be visible.
The presence of partitions or other items of equipment near the headlamp
shall not give rise to secondary effects causing discomfort to other road
users.
Orientation Towards the front
Vertical orientation:
• If the height of the dipped-beam headlamps is between
500 and 1500 mm, it shall be possible to lower the
dipped beam by between 0.5 and 6 %;
• The dipped-beam headlamps shall be aligned in such a
way that, measured at 15 m from the lamp, the
horizontal line separating the lit zone from the unlit
zone is situated at a height equivalent to only half the
distance between the ground and the centre of the
lamp.
Electrical The control for changing over to the dipped beam shall switch
Connections off all main-beam headlamps simultaneously. The dipped-
beam headlamps may remain switched on at the same time as
the main beam headlamps.
Tell-tale Optional.
Other A dipped beam headlamp levelling device is optional. If fitted it
Requirements shall comply with the requirements of 6.2.6.2.
Dipped-beam headlamps with a total objective luminous flux
which exceeds 2000 lumens are prohibited.
Remarks Nil UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Front fog lamps
Optional on tractors. Regulation No. 19 NA
Category/Class [B or F3]
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted 2
Colour White
Height No less than 250 mm above the ground. No point on the
illuminating surface shall be higher than the highest point on
the illuminating surface of the dipped-beam headlamp
Length As near to the front of the vehicle as possible
The light emitted shall not in any circumstances cause discomfort to the
driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-view mirrors and/or other
reflecting surfaces of the vehicle.
Visibility 5° upwards and downwards
45° outwards and 5° inwards
They shall be directed forwards without causing undue dazzle or discomfort
to oncoming drivers and other road users.
Electrical It shall be possible to switch the fog lamps on or off
Connections independently of the main-beam headlamp and dipped-beam
headlamps and vice versa.
Tell-tale Optional.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Reversing lamps
Category/Class AR
Approval Number NA
Colour White
Width No individual specifications
Height Not less than 250 mm and not more than 1 200 mm above the
ground.
However, if the shape, structure, design or operational conditions of the
vehicle makes it impossible to keep the lamp within 1200 mm it is allowed to
increase the height up to 4000 mm.
In the latter case the lamp shall be installed with an downwards inclination of
at least 3° for a mounting height larger than 2000 mm and not more than
3000 mm and at least 6° for a mounting height larger than 3000 mm and not
more than 4000 mm.
No inclination is needed for mounting height up to 2 000 mm.
Length At the back of the vehicle
Visibility 15° upwards and 5° downwards;
45° to right and to left if there is only one lamp;
45° outwards and 30° inwards if there are two lamps.
Orientation Rearwards.
Electrical Shall only be lit if reverse gear is engaged and either:
Connections • the engine is running
• or one of the devices for starting and stopping the
engine is in such a position that operation of the engine
is possible
Tell-tale Optional.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Direction-indicator lamps
Mandatory on tractors. Regulation No. 6 Yes
Categories / [1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5]

Classes
Approval Numbers Rear:E4 10220
Front: E13 5731
Number Fitted 4
Arrangement [A, B, C or D]
Colour Amber
Width Except in the case of category 1 direction indicator lamps of
arrangement C and for additional direction indicator lamps, the
edge of the illuminating surface furthest from the median
longitudinal plane of the vehicle shall not be more than 400
mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The distance
between the inner edges of the two illuminating surfaces of a
pair of lamps shall be not less than 500mm.
Where the vertical distance between the rear direction-
indicator lamp and the corresponding rear position lamp is not
more than 300 mm, the distance between the extreme outer
edge of the vehicle and the outer edge of the rear direction-
indicator lamp shall not exceed by more than 50 mm the
distance between the extreme outer edge of the vehicle and
the outer edge of the corresponding rear position lamp.
For front direction-indicator lamps the illuminating surface
should be not less than 40 mm from the illuminating surface of
the dipped-beam headlamps or front fog lamps, if any.
A smaller distance is permitted if the luminous intensity in the
reference axis of the direction-indicator lamp is equal to at
least 400 cd.
Height Not less than 400 mm and not more than 2500 mm.
Up to 4000 mm for additional direction-indicator lamps.
For vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1300 mm,
not less than 350 mm above the ground.
Length The distance between the centre of reference of illuminating
surface of the category 1 indicator (arrangement B), category 5
indicator (arrangement B and C) and the transverse plane
which marks the forward boundary of the tractor's overall
length normally shall not exceed 1 800 mm. If the structure of
the tractor makes it impossible to keep to the minimum angles
of visibility, this distance may be increased to 2 600 mm.
Visibility Horizontal angles: See diagrams below.
Vertical angles: 15° above and below the horizontal.
The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° in the case of
side repeating direction- indicator lamps of arrangements B and C if their
height is less than 1 900 mm. The same applies in the case of direction-
indicator lamps in category 1 of arrangements B and D.
Orientation According to component approvals UK
Electrical Direction-indicator lamps shall switch on independently of the Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Connections other lamps. All direction-indicator lamps on one side of a

vehicle shall be switched on and off by means of one control
and shall flash in phase.
Tell-tale Mandatory for all direction-indicator lamps not directly visible to
the driver. May be optical.
If it is optical it shall be a green flashing light which, in the

event of the malfunction of any of the direction-indicator lamps
other than the repeating side direction-indicator lamps, is either
extinguished, remains alight without flashing, or shows a
marked change of frequency.
If a tractor is equipped to tow a trailer, it shall be equipped with

a special optical operating tell-tale for the direction indicator
lamps on the trailer unless the tell-tale of the drawing vehicle
allows the failure of any one of the direction-indicator lamps on
the tractor combination thus formed to be detected.
Other The lamps shall be a flashing lamp flashing 90 ± 30 times per
Requirements minute. Operation of the light-signal control shall be followed
within not more than one second by the appearance of the light
and within not more than one and one-half seconds by the first
extinction.
If a tractor is authorised to tow a trailer, the control of the

direction-indicators on the tractor shall also operate the
indicators of the trailer.
In the event of failure, other than a short circuit, of one

direction-indicator, the others shall continue to flash but the
frequency under this condition may be different from that
specified.
Remarks Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Arrangement A Arrangement B
Arrangement C Arrangement D
The value 10° given for the inward angle of visibility of the front indicator may be reduced to 3° for vehicles with an
overall width not exceeding 1 400 mm.
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Hazard warning signal
Mandatory on tractors. Yes
Electrical The signal shall be operated by means of a separate control

Connections enabling all the direction- indicator lamps to function in phase.
The hazard-warning signal shall be able to function even if the

device which starts or stops the engine is in a position which
makes it impossible to start the engine.
Tell-tale Mandatory. Flashing warning light which may operate in
conjunction with direction indicator tell-tale(s).
Other If a tractor is equipped to tow a trailer the hazard-warning
Requirements signal control shall also be capable of activating the direction-
indicator lamps on the trailer.
Remarks Tractor is not recommended for trailer
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Stop lamps
S1/S2 category - mandatory on tractors. S3/S4 category – optional on tractors. Regulation No. 7 Yes
Category/Class [S1, S2, S3, S4]

Approval Number E4 10220
Number Fitted [Two S1 or S2, one S3 or S4]
Except in the case where an S3 or S4 device is installed, two optional S1 or
S2 devices may be installed.
Only, when the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle is not located on a
fixed body panel but separates one or two movable parts of the vehicle (e.g.
doors), and lacks sufficient space to be equipped with a single device of the
S3 or S4 category on the median longitudinal plane above such movable
parts, either:
— two devices of the S3 or S4 category type ‘D’ may be installed, or
— one device of the S3 or S4 category may be installed offset to the left or to
the right of the median longitudinal plane by no more than 150mm
Colour Red
Width S1 or S2 categories: The distance in between the inner edges
of the apparent surfaces in the direction of the reference axes
shall be not less than 500 mm. This distance may be reduced
to 400 mm if the overall width of the vehicle is < 1400 mm.
S3 or S4 categories: the centre of reference shall be situated
on the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle. However, in
the case where the two devices of the S3 or S4 category are
installed, they shall be positioned as close as possible to the
median longitudinal plane, one on each side of this plane.
Height S1 or S2 categories: not less than 400 mm and not more than
2500 mm and up to 4 000 mm for optional stop lamps.
S3 or S4 categories: Above the mandatory stop lamps
Optional additional devices of category S1 or S2: not less than
400 mm and not more than 4000 mm
Length S1 or S2 categories: At the rear of the vehicle.
S3 or S4 categories: No individual specification.
Visibility Horizontal angle: 45° outwards and inwards.
Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal.
The vertical angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° or 5° where
the lamp’s H plane is at or below 1900 mm or 950 mm respectively.
Orientation Towards the rear of the vehicle.
Electrical Shall light up when the service brake is applied and/or when
Connections the vehicle speed is reduced intentionally.
Tell-tale Optional. If fitted, it shall be a non-flashing warning lamp which
comes on in the event of the malfunctioning of the stop lamps.
Other The luminous intensity of the stop lamps shall be markedly
Requirements greater than that of the rear position lamps.
Remarks Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Front position lamps
Mandatory on tractors. Regulation No. 7 No,

Position
Lamp
symbol on
switch is
wrong
Category/Class A
Approval Number E13 5731
Number Fitted [2 or 4 (see below)]
Colour White
Width That point on the illuminating surface which is farthest from the
vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400
mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The clearance
between the respective inner edges of the two illuminating
surfaces shall be not less than 500 mm.
Height Not less than 400 mm and not more than 2500 mm
In the case of vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable
devices at the front, which may obscure the front position
lamps, two additional front position lamps may be fitted at a
height not exceeding 4000 mm.
Length No individual specification
Visibility Horizontal angle: For the two front position lamps: 10° inwards
and 80° outwards. However, the angle of 10° inwards may be
reduced to 5° if the shape of the bodywork makes it impossible
to keep to 10°. For vehicles with any overall width not
exceeding 1 00 mm this angle may be reduced to 3° if the
shape of the bodywork makes it impossible to keep to 10°.
Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The vertical
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height
of the lamp above the ground is less than 1900 mm, and to 5°
if this height is less than 750 mm.
Electrical No individual specifications (see point 5.12).
Connections
Tell-tale Mandatory except if instrument panel lighting can only be
turned on simultaneously with position lamps. Non-flashing.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Rear position lamps
Mandatory on tractors. Regulation No. 7 Yes,

Position
Lamp
symbol on
switch is
wrong
Category/Class [R, R1 or R2]

Approval Number E4-10220
Number Fitted [Two or more (see below)]
Colour Red
Width Except as provided below, ≤ 400 mm from edge of vehicle
Separation ≥ 500mm ( ≥ 400mm for vehicle width < 1400mm)
Height Except as provided below, ≥ 400 mm and ≤ 2500 mm.
(≥ 250mm for vehicle width < 1300mm)
Length At the rear, ≤ 1000 mm from the rearmost point of the vehicle.
Parts of the vehicle that extend the rearmost point of the illuminating surface
of the rear position lamps by more than 1000 mm shall be fitted with an
additional rear position lamp.
Visibility Horizontal angle: For the two rear position lamps: either 45°
inwards and 80° outwards, or 80° inwards and 45° outwards.
Vertical angle: 15° above and below the horizontal. The angle
below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height of the
lamp above the ground is less than 1900 mm, and to 5° if this
height is less than 750 mm.
Orientation Towards the rear
Electrical No individual specifications.
Connections
Tell-tale As for front position lamps
Other If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility
Requirements requirements, four rear position lamps may be fitted in
accordance with the following installation specifications:
• Two rear position lamps shall keep within the maximum
height of 2500 mm above the ground.
• A distance of at least 300 mm between interior edges of
the rear position lamps shall be observed, and they
shall have a vertical angle of visibility above the
horizontal of 15°.
• The other two shall keep within a maximum height of
4000 mm above the ground and shall be bound by the
requirements of point 6.9.4.1.
• The combination of the two pairs shall meet the
requirements for geometric visibility as specified in
6.9.5.
If four rear position lamps according to point 6.9.5.1 are fitted,

at least one pair of rear position lamps shall be fixed. UK
Approval
Remarks NA Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Rear fog lamps
Category/Class F, F1 or F2
Approval Number NA
Colour Red
Width If there is only one rear fog lamp, it shall be on the opposite
side of the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle to the
direction of traffic prescribed in the country of registration. In all
cases the distance between the rear fog lamp and the stop
lamp shall be more than 100 mm.
Height Not less than 400 mm and not more than 1900 mm, or not
more than 2500 mm if the shape of the bodywork makes it
impossible to keep within 1900 mm
Length At the rear of vehicle
Visibility Horizontal angle: 25° inwards and outwards.
Vertical angle: 5° above and below the horizontal.
Orientation Towards the rear
Electrical The rear fog lamp shall light up only when the dipped-beam
Connections headlamps or the front fog lamps are in use.
If front fog lamps exist, the extinguishing of the rear fog lamp
shall be possible independently from the front fog lamps.
Tell-tale Mandatory. An independent, fixed-intensity warning light
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Parking lamps
Optional on tractors. Regulation No. 77 or 7 NA
Category/Class NA
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted [Dependent upon the arrangement]
Colour White in front, red at the rear, amber if reciprocally
incorporated in the side direction indicators or side-markers
vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall not be more than 400
mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. Furthermore,
in the case of a pair of lamps, the lamps shall be on the side of
the vehicle.
Height Above the ground, not less than 400 mm and not more than 2
500 mm.
Length No individual specifications
Visibility Horizontal angle: 45° outwards, towards the front and towards
the rear.
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 10° if the height
of the lamp above the ground is less than 1 500 mm; and to 5°
if this height is less than 750 mm.
Orientation Such that the lamps meet the requirements concerning
visibility towards the front and towards the rear.
Electrical The connections shall allow the parking lamp(s) on the same
Connections side of the vehicle to be lit independently of any other lamps.
Tell-tale Vehicles may be equipped with tell-tale for parking lamps. If
there is one, it shall not be possible to confuse it with the tell-
tale for the position lamps.
Other The function of this lamp may also be performed by the
Requirements simultaneous switching on of the front and rear position lamps
on one side of the vehicle.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
End-outline marker lamps
Optional on tractors exceeding 1.80m width. Prohibited on other vehicles. Regulation No. 7 NA
Category/Class NA
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted NA
Colour White / red
Width As close as possible to the extreme outer edge of the vehicle.
Height At the greatest height compatible with the required position in
width and with symmetry of the lamps.
Length No individual specification.
Visibility Horizontal angle: 80° outwards.
Vertical angle: 5° above and 20° below the horizontal.
Orientation Such that the lamps meet the requirements concerning
visibility towards the front and towards the rear.
Connections
Tell-tale Optional
Other Subject to all the other conditions being met, the lamp visible
Requirements from in front and the lamp visible from the rear, on the same
side of the vehicle, may be included in one device.
The position of an end-outline marker lamp in relation to the

corresponding position lamp shall be such that the distance
between the projections on a transverse vertical plane of the
points nearest to one another of the illuminating surfaces of the
two lamps considered is not less than 200 mm.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Work lamp(s)
Optional on tractors. Yes
Category/Class NA
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted 04: 2 at front and 2 at rear
Colour No individual specifications.
Width
Suitable housing and/or placement of work lamps should be
Height
provided, so that they are protected against impacts
Length
Visibility No individual specifications.
Orientation No individual specifications.
Electrical This lamp shall be operated independently of all other lamps in
Connections view of the fact that it does not illuminate the road or act as a
signalling device on the road.
Tell-tale Mandatory.
Other This lamp shall not be combined or reciprocally incorporated
Requirements with another lamp.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Rear retro-reflectors, non-triangular
Category/Class [IA or IB]

Approval Number Upper: E4-10220
Lower: ???
Number Fitted [Two or four (see below)]

Colour Red
Width Except as provided in point 6.14.5.1, the point on the
illuminating surface which is farthest from the vehicle’s median
longitudinal plane shall be not more than 400 mm from the
extreme outer edge of the vehicle. The inner edges of the
retro-reflectors shall be not less than 600 mm apart. This
distance may be reduced to 400 mm where the overall width of
the vehicle is less than 1 300 mm.
Height Except as provided in point 6.14.5.1, not less than 400 mm and
not more than 900 mm above the ground.
For vehicles with a maximum width not exceeding 1300 mm
above the ground not less than 250 mm.
The upper limit may be increased to 1200 mm if it is impossible
to keep within the height of 900 mm without having to use
fixing devices liable to be easily damaged or bent.
Length No individual specifications.
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° if the height of
the reflector is less than 750 mm.
If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements,
four retro-reflectors may be fitted in accordance with the following installation
specifications:
• Two retro-reflectors shall keep within the maximum height of 900
mm above the ground. However, this upper limit may be increased
to not more than 1500 mm where the shape, structure, design or
operational conditions of the vehicle make compliance impossible
without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily damaged.
• A distance of at least 300 mm between the interior edges of the rear
retro-reflectors shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical
angle of visibility above the horizontal of 15°.
• The other two shall keep within a maximum height of 2500 mm
above the ground and shall be bound by the above width
requirement.
• The combination of the two pairs shall meet the requirements for
geometric visibility above.
Orientation Towards the rear.
Other The illuminating surface of the retro-reflector may have parts in
Requirements common with that of any other rear lamp.
Remarks Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Side retro-reflectors, non-triangular
Mandatory on all vehicles exceeding 4.6 m length. Optional on other vehicles. Regulation No. 3 NA

Approval Number NA
Number Fitted [Such that the requirements for longitudinal positioning are
complied with.]
Colour Amber
Width No individual specification
Height Not less than 400 mm and not more than 900 mm above the
ground.
However, the upper limit may be increased to not more than 1
500 mm if it is impossible to keep within the height of 900 mm
without having to use fixing devices liable to be easily
damaged or bent.
Length One reflector shall be not more than 3 m from the foremost
point of the vehicle, and either the same reflector or a second
reflector shall be not more than 3 m from the rearmost point of
the vehicle. The distance between two reflectors on the same
side of the vehicle shall not exceed 6 m.
Visibility Horizontal angle: 20° forwards and rearwards.
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° if the length of
the reflector is less than 750 mm.
Orientation Towards the side.
Where the orientation does not change, the reflector may rotate.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Rear registration plate lamp(s)
Category/Class L
Approval Number E1 22819 6R
Number Fitted One
Colour White
Width
Height
Length In accordance with component approval.
Visibility
Orientation
Electrical The device shall light up only at the same time as the rear
Connections position lamps
Tell-tale Optional. Combined with position lamp tell-tale.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Front retro-reflectors, non-triangular

Approval Number NA
Number Fitted Two or four.
Colour White or colourless
vehicle’s median longitudinal plane shall not be more than 400
mm from the extreme outer edge of the vehicle. On R- and S-
category vehicles this distance shall be no more than 150 mm.
The distance between the inner edges of the two apparent
surfaces in the direction of the reference axes shall be not less
than 600 mm. This distance may be reduced to 400 mm where
the overall width of the vehicle is less than 1 300 mm.
Height Above the ground, not less than 300 mm and not more than 1
500 mm. If this is not possible due to the design the front
reflectors shall be arranges as low as possible.
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° in the case of
a retro-reflector less than 750 mm above the ground.
If it is impossible to observe the above position and visibility requirements,
four front retro reflectors may be fitted in accordance with the following
installation specifications:
If fitted, two reflectors shall keep within the maximum height of 1200 mm
above the ground.
A distance of at least 300 mm between the interior edges of the front retro-
reflectors shall be observed, and they shall have a vertical angle of visibility
above the horizontal of 15°.
Other The illuminating surface of the retro-reflector may have parts in
Requirements common with the apparent surface of any other lamp situated
at the front.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Side marker lamps
Presence: Mandatory on tractors with length exceeding 4.6 m. Mandatory on trailers of categories R3
and R4 with length exceeding 4.6 m. Optional on all other vehicles. Regulation No. 91 NA
Category/Class [SM1 or SM2]

Approval Number NA
Number Fitted [Such that the rules for longitudinal position are complied with]
Colour Amber
However, the rearmost side-marker lamp can be red if it is grouped or
combined or reciprocally incorporated with the rear position lamp, the rear
end-outline marker lamp, the rear fog lamp, the stop lamp or is grouped or
has part of the light emitting surface in common with the rear retro-reflector.
Height Not less than 250 mm nor more than 2500 mm.
Length At least one side-marker lamp shall be fitted to the middle third
of the vehicle, the foremost side-marker lamp being not further
than 3m from the front. The distance between two adjacent
side-marker lamps shall not exceed 3m.
If the structure, design or the operational use of the vehicle makes it
impossible to comply with such a requirement, this distance may be
increased to 4m.
The distance between the rearmost side-marker lamp and the
rear of the vehicle shall not exceed 1 m.
However, for vehicles the length of which does not exceed 6 m and for
chassis-cabs, it is sufficient to have one side-marker lamp fitted within the
first third or within the last third of the vehicle length. For tractors, one side-
marker lamp fitted within the middle third of the vehicle length is also
sufficient.
The side-marker lamp may be a part of the light emitting surface in common
with the side retro-reflector.
Visibility Horizontal angle: 45° to the front and to the rear; however, this
value can be reduced to 30°.
angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5° in the case of
a side-marker lamp less than 750 mm above the ground.
Orientation Towards the side.
Connections
Tell-tale Optional. Shall be carried out by the tell-tale for position lamps.
Other When the rearmost side-marker lamp is combined with the rear
Requirements position lamp reciprocally incorporated with the rear fog lamp
or stop lamp, the photometric characteristics of the side-marker
lamp may be modified during the illumination of the rear fog
lamp or stop lamp.
Rearmost side-marker lamps shall be amber if they flash with
the rear direction-indicator lamp.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Daytime running lamps
Category/Class RL
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted [2 or 4 (see below)]
Colour White
Height Above the ground not less than 250 mm not more than 2500
mm.
In the case of tractors equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front,
two additional DRLs shall be allowed at a height not exceeding 4000 mm if
the electrical connections are such that two pairs of DRLs cannot be
switched on at the same time.
This requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the light emitted does not
cause discomfort to the driver either directly or indirectly through the rear-
view mirrors and/or other reflecting surfaces of the vehicle.
Visibility Horizontal: outwards 20° and inwards 20°.
Vertical: upwards 10° and downwards 10°.
Electrical The daytime running lamps shall be switched ON automatically
Connections when the device which starts and/or stops the engine is in a
position which makes it possible for the engine to operate.
However, daytime running lamps may remain OFF while the automatic
transmission control is in the park or neutral position, while the parking brake
is applied or after the propulsion system is activated but the vehicle was not
set in motion for the first time.
The daytime running lamps shall switch OFF automatically
when the front fog or headlamps are switched ON, except
when headlamps are used to give intermittent luminous
warnings.
Any of the lamps referred to in point 5.12 may be switched ON when the
daytime running lamps are switched ON.
If the distance between the front direction-indicator and the

DRL is ≤ 40 mm, the DRL on the relevant side of the vehicle
may be switched OFF or its luminous intensity reduced during
the entire period (both ON and OFF cycle) of activation of a
front direction-indicator.
If a direction-indicator is reciprocally incorporated with a DRL,

the DRL on the relevant side of the vehicle shall be such that
the DRL is switched OFF during the entire period (both ON and
OFF cycle) of activation of the direction-indicator.
Tell-tale Optional
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Cornering lamp
Category/Class K
Approval Number NA
Colour White
Height Not less than 250 mm and not more than 2500 mm and up to
3000 mm for two additional cornering lamps in the case of
vehicles equipped for the fitting of portable devices at the front,
which may obscure the cornering lamp
However, no point on the apparent surface in the direction of
the reference axis shall be higher than the highest point on the
apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis of the
dipped-beam headlamp.
Length ≤ 1000 mm from the front.
Visibility Horizontal: 30° to 60° outwards.
Vertical: 10° upwards and downwards.
Orientation Such that the lamps meet the requirements for geometric
visibility.
Electrical The cornering lamps shall be so connected that they cannot be
Connections activated unless the main-beam headlamps or the dipped-
beam headlamps are switched ON at the same time.
The cornering lamp on one side of the vehicle may only be

switched ON automatically when the direction- indicators on
the same side of the vehicle are switched ON and/or when the
steering angle is changed from the straight-ahead position
towards the same side of the vehicle.
The cornering lamp shall be switched OFF automatically when

the direction-indicator is switched OFF and/or the steering
angle has returned in the straight-ahead position.
When the reversing lamp is switched ON, both cornering lamps

may be switched on simultaneously, independently from the
steering wheel or direction-indicator position. In this case, the
cornering lamps shall be switched OFF when the reversing
lamp is switched OFF.
Tell-tale None
Other The cornering lamps shall not be activated at vehicle speeds
Requirements above 40 km/h.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Conspicuity markings
Category/Class [C or D or E]
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted NA
Colour White or yellow to the side; red or yellow to the rear
Width
Height
No individual specifications.
Length
Visibility
Orientation The conspicuity markings shall be as close as practicable to
horizontal and vertical, compatible with the shape, structure,
design and operational requirements of the vehicle.
Other None
Requirements
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
SMV rear marking plate
Optional on tractors with a maximum design speed ≤ 40 km/h. Prohibited otherwise. Regulation No. 69. No,
Not type
approved
Approval Number Not Available

Number Fitted One
Colour
Width
Height
According to Annex 15 to UNECE Regulation No 69
Length
Visibility
Orientation
Remarks SMV plate is not type approved according to Reg 69
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Exterior courtesy lamp
Optional on tractors. NA
Number Fitted NA
Colour White
Width
Height
Length
Visibility
No individual specifications.
Orientation
Electrical
Connections
Tell-tale
Other The exterior courtesy lamp shall not be activated unless the
Requirements vehicle is stationary and one or more of the following
conditions is satisfied:
• The engine is stopped
• A driver or passenger door is opened
• A load compartment door is opened
Point 5.11 shall be complied with in all fixed positions of use.
There shall be no direct visibility of the apparent surface of the

exterior courtesy lamps, if viewed by an observer moving on
the boundary of a zone on a transverse plane 10 m from the
front of the vehicle, a transverse plane 10 m from the rear of
the vehicle, and two longitudinal planes 10 m from each side of
the vehicle; these four planes to extend from 1 m to 3 m above
and perpendicular to the ground as shown in Annex 14 to
UNECE Regulation No 48.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Manoeuvring lamps
Category/Class ML
Approval Number NA
Number Fitted [1 or 2 (one per side)]
Colour White
Width
Height
No special requirement.
Length
Visibility
Orientation Downwards
Electrical Manoeuvring lamps shall be so connected that they cannot be
Connections activated unless the main-beam headlamps or the dipped-
beam headlamps are switched ON at the same time.
The manoeuvring lamp(s) shall be activated automatically for

slow manoeuvres up to 10 km/h provided that one of the
following conditions is fulfilled:
• Prior to the vehicle being set in motion for the first time
after each manual activation of the propulsion system
• Reverse gear is engaged
• A camera-based system which assists parking
manoeuvres is activated
The manoeuvring lamps shall be automatically switched off if

the forward speed of the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h and they
shall remain switched off until the conditions for activation are
met again.
Tell-tale No special requirement
Other There shall be no direct visibility of the apparent surface of
Requirements these lamps, if viewed by an observer moving on the boundary
of a zone on a transverse plane 10 m from the front of the
vehicle, a transverse plane 10 m from the rear of the vehicle,
and two longitudinal planes 10 m from each side of the vehicle;
these four planes to extend from 1 m to 3 m above and parallel
to the ground.
This requirement shall be verified by a drawing or simulation or

deemed be satisfied if the installation conditions comply with
paragraph 6.2.3 of UNECE Regulation No 23.
Remarks NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Rear retro-reflectors, triangular
Prohibited on tractors. NA
Remarks
NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
enquiries@vca.gov.uk | www.dft.gov.uk/vca | +44(0) 300 330 5797
Test Report:
Electromagnetic Compatibility Vehicle Test
without REESS Charging Mode Coupled to the
Power Grid
Legislation
UNECE Regulation 10.05 to Supplement 01 (For category L, M, N and O)
Test Details
Location of Test: China Automotive Technology and Research Center.,Ltd

Date of Test: 12 September 2019
VCA Representative(s): Ray Zhang
Manufacturer’s Representative(s): Zhang Shibo

Type: 6135B
Category: T1a
Conclusion
Signature:
Name: Ray Zhang

Date: 20 October 2019
List of Annexes

1 9 Test results
2
3
4 UK
Approval
Authority
TR-CTB-EMC-005 Revision 3 Page 05-Nov-19

1 of 13
6135B vehicle tested covers 6095B, 6110B,6120B vehicles because of same electric and
electronic parts and same layout on the vehicles
None
Tests Required
Other than REESS charging mode Yes, NA, See Report … / Approval … / Annex …
- Broadband emissions Yes
- Narrowband emissions Yes
- Radiated immunity (Steady speed) Yes
- Radiated immunity (Brake cycle) NA
Vehicle Identification Number 1YR6135BVK500754

Body configuration NA
Engine / Motor Diesel engine 4045HCP11
Gearbox Manual
Tyres Trelleborg
Manufacturer’s documentation is complete and reflects the agreed specification for

the vehicle tested and covers all variants and versions agreed in the worst case Yes
rationale.

Multiple antenna HL562 15 April 2020
EMI receiver ESR26 10 October 2019
EMS antenna FSA-S23011-4-1b --
EMS antenna FSA-S12014/5X --
Probe NRP-Z91 15 April 2020
signal generator R&S® SMB100A 15 April 2020
Power Amplifier BBL200-A10000 05 September 2020
Power Amplifier BBA150-BC2000 06 April 2020
Power Amplifier BBA150 D800E200 26 November 2019 UK
Approval
Authority
2 of 13
Complies
Test Requirements Yes / NA
R10, 3.1.4 Vehicle corresponds to that agreed in worst-case meeting Yes
6.2, 6.3 Emissions
CISPR 12, 5.1.1.1 Measuring equipment complies with CISPR 16-1 Yes
CISPR 12, 5.2.1.1 Test Location:
O.A.T.S. Is level, clear area free from electromagnetic reflecting

NA
surfaces within a circle of minimum radius 30m
Measuring equipment within test site but only in permitted region (See NA
Figure 1)
CISPR 12, 5.2.1.3 Ambient noise at least 6 dB below reference limits Yes
Antenna
CISPR 12, 5.2.3.1 Height and distance Yes

- 3 m and 10 m *
- 1.8 m and 3 m*
UK
Approval
Authority

3 of 13
6.2 Broadband test – See Annex 1 for test results
Ann 4, 2.1.1 Engine is at normal operating temperature and running at correct

CISPR 12, 5.3.2 Yes
speed
- For single cylinder engines, engine speed is 2500 ±10% rpm *
- For multiple cylinder engines, engine speed is 1500 ±10% rpm*
CISPR 12, 5.3.2

For vehicles with electric propulsion motor, vehicle is driven at 40 km/h NA
on an unloaded dynamometer or insulated axle stands
CISPR 12, 5.3.2 Speed setting mechanism not influencing electromagnetic radiation Yes
Ann 4, 2.1.2 Other sources of broadband noise at maximum current drain

List: Wiper motor, driving beam, Fans, A/C
Ann 4, 4.2 Detector used: Yes

- Peak Detector * (For electric vehicles, only peak detector is used)
- Quasi-peak detector *
Ann 4. 4.3 The measurements shall be performed with following receiver Yes
- Spectrum analyser *
- Scanning receiver *
Ann 4, 4 Table 1 Spectrum analyser measurement parameters NA

Peak Detector Quasi-peak Detector
RBW at RBW at
Scan time Scan time
-3 dB *1 -6 dB
100 /120 kHz *2 100 ms/MHz 120 kHz 20 s/MHz
Note: *1 the video bandwidth shall be at least three times the resolution bandwidth
*2 Strike-through, as appropriate.
Ann 4, 4 Table 2 Scanning receiver measurement parameters Yes

Peak Detector Quasi-peak Detector
BW at Step Dwell BW at Step Dwell
-6 dB size time -6 dB size time
120 kHz 50 kHz 5 ms 120 kHz 50 kHz 1s
Note: the maximum frequency step size may be increased up to a value not greater
than the bandwidth value.
Test Results
6.2.2.3 Measured results below limits across frequency band Yes

Note: Ann 4, 4.2 If peak detectors are used a correction factor of 20 dB as defined in
CISPR 12 shall be applied
UK
Approval
Authority

4 of 13
6.3 Narrowband test - See Annex 2 for test results
Ann 5, 2.1 Ignition switched on and the engine shall not be operating. Yes
The vehicle's electronic systems shall all be in normal operating

Ann 5, 2.2, 2.3
mode with the vehicle stationary. All equipment which can be
switched on permanently by the driver or passenger with internal
oscillators 9 kHz or repetitive signals should be in normal operation.
List: Wiper motor, passing beam, Warning light, A/C
Ann 5, 3.2 Average detector used Yes
Ann 5. 3.2 The measurements shall be performed with following receiver Yes
- Spectrum analyser *
- Scanning receiver *
Ann 4, 4 Table 1 Spectrum analyser measurement parameters NA

RBW at -3 dB Scan Time
100 /120 kHz *2 100 ms/MHz
*2 Strike-through, as appropriate.
Ann 4, 4 Table 2 Scanning receiver measurement parameters Yes

BW at -6 dB Step Size Dwell Time
120 kHz 50 kHz 5 ms
Note: the maximum frequency step size may be increased up to a value not greater
than the bandwidth value.
Test Results
6.3.2.3 Measured results below limits across frequency band Yes
Initial test carried out (the signal strength measured at the vehicle
broadcast radio antenna is less than 20 dB micro-volts over the
6.3.2.4 Yes
frequency range 76 to 108 MHz) then the vehicle shall be deemed to
comply with the limits for narrowband emissions
UK
Approval
Authority

5 of 13
6.4 Radiated Immunity Test
Ann 6, 5.1.2 Field Strength calibration date: 15 April 2020
5.1.2 Test method Yes

- Transmission Line System (TLS)*
- Antenna *
- Bulk Current Injection (BCI), If a vehicle is longer than 12 m and/or
wider than 2.60 m and/or higher than 4.00 m (Optional) *
TLS method
Ann 6, 5.1.2 One field probe at the facility reference point shall be used NA
ISO11451-2, 8.2.3 No part of TLS closer than 0.5m to any part of the vehicle NA
TLS radiating elements separated by at least 1 m vertically from the

ISO11451-2, 8.2.3 NA
reference point
ISO11451-2, 8.2.3 TLS ≥ 75 % of length of vehicle NA
UK
Approval
Authority

6 of 13
Antenna method
ISO11451-2
9.4.2.1 Four probe method used to establish reference line Yes
ISO11451-2 Field strength contour within + 0dB, -6dB for at least 80 % of the test
9.4.1 frequency points, measured 0.50m each side of the reference point Yes
ISO11451-2
9.4.2.2 b Heights of four probes are: Yes
- 0.5 m, 0.8 m, 1.0 m and 1.2 m for vehicles with roof height ≤ 3 m *
- 1.2 m, 1.5 m, 1.8 m and 2.1 m for vehicles with roof height > 3 m *
ISO11451-2
9.4.1 Two probes are 0.5 m on each side of the reference point Yes
Antenna type(s) and frequency range(s):

FSA-S12014/5X: 20MHz-220MHz
FSA-S23011-4-1b: 220MHz-2GHz
Ann 6, 4.1 Antenna vertically polarized Yes
ISO11451-2
9.4.2.2 Antenna
Height: 1.75 m
Distance: 2.5 m
ISO11451-2, 8.2.1 Antenna elements no closer than 0.5 m to any absorber Yes
and no closer than 1.5 m to any wall Yes
Antenna elements no closer than 0.5 m to outer body surface of the

ISO11451-2, 8.2.2 Yes
vehicle
Phase centre of the antenna is at least 2 m horizontally from the

ISO11451-2, 8.2.2 Yes
reference point
ISO11451-2, 8.2.2 and no closer than 0.25 m to the floor Yes
ISO11451-2, 8.2.2 No absorbent material between antenna and vehicle Yes
UK
Approval
Authority

7 of 13
Vehicle Reference Point Setup

ISO11451-2
9.4.2.2 On vehicle centre line Yes
For Category M, N, O:
Either 0.2 ± 0.2 m behind front axle (Figure 4) or 1.0 ± 0.2 m inside the
ISO11451-2
9.4.2.2 vehicle measured from base of windscreen (Figure 5), whichever Yes
results in a reference point closer to the antenna
For Category L
At least 2 m horizontally from the antenna phase centre or at least
Ann 6, 3.3.1 NA
1 m vertically from the radiating elements of a TLS
Ann 6, 3.3.2 On the vehicle's centre line NA
At a height of 1.0 ± 0.05 m above the plane on which the vehicle

Ann 6, 3.3.3 NA
rests or 2.0 ± 0.05 m if the minimum height of the roof exceeds 3.0 m
Three-wheeled vehicles ;
Ann 6, 3.3.4
App 1 Fig 1 Either at 1.0 ± 0.2 m behind the vertical centreline of the vehicle's NA
front wheel (point C in Figure 1)
Two-wheeled vehicles.
Ann 6, 3.3.4
App1 Fig 2 0.2 ± 0.2 m behind the vertical centreline of the vehicle's front wheel NA
(point D in Figure 2)
If it is decided to radiate the rear of the vehicle, the reference point

shall be established as in paragraphs 3.3.1. to 3.3.4.above The
Ann 6, 3.3.5
App1 Fig 3 vehicle shall then be installed facing away from the antenna and NA
positioned as if it had been horizontally rotated 180 around its centre
point (Figure 3)
UK
Approval
Authority

8 of 13
Vehicle Setup
Ann 6, 5.1.3 Vehicle phase Yes

- The vehicle shall be positioned with the centre line of the vehicle on the
facility reference point or line
- The electronic control units and the associated wiring harness are
predominantly in the rear of the vehicle, the test should normally be
carried out with the vehicle facing away from the antenna *
- In the case of long vehicles (except categories L, M1 and N1), which
have electronic control units and associated wiring harness
predominantly towards the middle of the vehicle, a reference point may
be established based on either the right side surface or the left side
surface of the vehicle. This reference point shall be at the midpoint of
the vehicle's length or at one point along the side
ISO11451-1
4.2 Ambient temperature is 23 ± 5 °C Yes
Ann 6, 2.1.1 Unladen except test equipment Yes
Ann 6, 2.1.1.1 Vehicle running Yes

- Dynamometer with appropriately load *
- Insulated axle stands *
Ann 6, 2.1.1.1 Vehicle speed: 29 km/h and gear: D3L

50 km/h or 25 km/h for L1, L2
Ann6, 2.1.1.2 Set vehicle test conditions (see below vehicle test conditions) Yes
All equipment which can be switched on permanently by the driver or

Ann 6, 2.1.1.3 Yes
passenger is in normal operation
All other systems which affect driver's control on as in normal operation

Ann 6, 2.1.1.4 Yes
of vehicle
Reports for other systems which affect driver’s control but cannot be
Ann 6, 2.1.2 NA
activated during the test are attached
List:
Ann 6, 2.1.3 Only non-perturbing monitoring equipment Yes
UK
Approval
Authority

9 of 13
Test Requirements
Pre-test sweep supplied to show compliance throughout frequency range

Yes
20 to 2000 MHz
Test frequencies chosen from pre-test data. If the test laboratory

Ann 6, 4.1.1 Yes
accredited by ISO 17025 and recognized by VCA
Ann 6, 4.1.1 Suggested frequency points used Yes

ISO11451-1
4.6 Frequency step sizes are less than:
Frequency Band Linear Steps Log Steps Actual Steps
MHz MHz % Used
20 – 200 5 5 5MHz Yes
200 – 400 10 5 10 MHz Yes
400 – 1000 20 2 20 MHz Yes
1000 – 2000 40 2 40 MHz Yes
ISO11451-1,
4.5 Test signal dwell time sufficient (minimum 1 seconds) Yes
Between 20 MHz and 800 MHz, test signal is sine wave amplitude
Ann 6, 4.1 Yes
modulated (AM) by a 1 kHz sine wave at a modulation depth of 80 %
Between 800 MHz and 2000 MHz, test signal is pulse modulated (PM),
Ann 6, 4.1 Yes
time on 577 μs, period 4600 μs
ISO11451-2,
9.4.1 Forward power used to define test field Yes
Antenna and test equipment layout to the same specification as for

Yes
calibration
UK
Approval
Authority
TR-CTB-EMC-005 Revision 3 Page 10 of 13

05-Nov-19
Test Results
Radiated Immunity (other than REESS charging mode) refer to annex III
Field strength
Frequency Test Field
Frequency Forward Power Output Level
Suggested Strength
Cal. Test Cal. Test
(MHz) (MHz) (V/m)
(W) (W) (dBm) (dBm)
27
45
65
90
120
150
190
230
280
380
450
600
750
900
1300
1800
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
‘50 km/h Cycle’ Vehicle Test Conditions Pass Criteria
Vehicle speed 50 km/h ± 20% (vehicle Speed variation not more than ± 10 % Yes
driving the rollers). If the vehicle is equipped of the nominal speed
with a cruise control system, it is operational
In case of automatic gearbox: change- NA

of-gear ratio inducing a speed variation
not more than ± 10 % of the nominal
speed
Dipped beams on (manual mode) Lights remains on Yes
Front wiper on (manual mode) maximum No stopping of front wiper Yes

speed
Direction indicator on driver’s side on Frequency change Yes

(not less than 0.75 Hz or not more than
2.25 Hz)
Duty cycle change

(greater than 25 % or lower than 75 %)
Adjustable suspension in normal position No unexpected significant variation Yes
Driver’s seat and steering wheel in mid- No unexpected variation greater than Yes
position 10 % of total range
Alarm unset No unexpected activation of alarm Yes
Horn off No unexpected activation of horn Yes
Airbag and safety restraint systems No unexpected activation Yes

operational with inhibited passenger airbag
Automatic doors closed No unexpected activation NA
Adjustable endurance brake lever in normal No unexpected activation Yes

position
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
‘Brake Cycle’ Vehicle Test Conditions Pass Criteria
Operation of the brake pedal, but not Stop lights remain active during cycle NA
necessarily activation of the ABS system
Brake warning light (tell-tale) remains
off with no loss of function or
performance
No unexpected activation
The field strength shall be 30 volts/m rms (root mean squared) in over
6.4.2.1 90 per cent of the 20 to 2,000 MHz frequency band and a minimum of NA
25 volts/m rms over the whole 20 to 2,000 MHz frequency band.
Vehicle manufacturer provides statement of frequency bands, power

levels, antenna positions and installation provisions for the installation
of RF-transmitters, even if the vehicle is not equipped with RF
3.1.8 transmitters at time of type-approval. This should cover all mobile NA
radio services normally used in vehicles. This information must be
made publicly available following the type-approval (Categories; M, N
and O only)
Vehicle manufacturers must provide evidence that vehicle

3.1.8 NA
performance is not adversely affected by such transmitter installations
Remarks
None
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
LH
LV
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
RH
RV
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Annex II Narrow band emission
LH
LV
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
RH
RV
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
Test 1/4
EMC32 Report
200
180
160
140
Imm Level-Pk in V/m
120
100
80
60
2.000000000 GHz
40 30.231 V/m
TargetLevel
20
0
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G
Frequency in Hz
Imm Level-Pk Limit Comment
UK
Approval
Authority
2019/9/12 EMC32 V10.40.10 14:54:03
05-Nov-19
Test 2/4
15
14
12
10
VSWR
2.000000000 GHz
1.171
2
0
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G
Frequency in Hz
VSWR
10
7
Amp Out Fwd in kW
1 2.000000000 GHz
14.344 W
0
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G
Frequency in Hz
Amp Out Fwd
UK
Approval
Authority
2019/9/12 EMC32 V10.40.10 14:54:03
05-Nov-19
Test 3/4
1000
900
800
700
Amp Out Rev in W
600
500
400
300
200
2.000000000 GHz
47.473 mW
100
0
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G
Frequency in Hz
Amp Out Rev
-5
-10
-15 2.000000000 GHz

Amp In in dBm
-18.641 dBm
-20
-25
-30
-35
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G

Frequency in Hz
Amp In
UK
Approval
Authority
2019/9/12 EMC32 V10.40.10 14:54:03
05-Nov-19
Test 4/4
2.000000000 GHz
-5 -8.008 dBm
-10
-15
Gen Out in dBm
-20
-25
-30
-35
20M 30M 40 50 60 80 100M 200 300 400 500 800 1G 2G

Frequency in Hz
Gen Out
UK
Approval
Authority
2019/9/12 EMC32 V10.40.10 14:54:03
05-Nov-19
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Report Number:CSV472137 Issue: 0
Environmental and Propulsion Unit Performance
Requirements (REPPR)
External Sound Emission
Legislation
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2018/985 Annex II
Test Details

He Nan Province China
VCA Representative(s): Du Song

Type: 6110B
Category: T1a
Conclusion
The above mentioned [vehicle / engine / component] was tested in accordance with the above
mentioned legislation and was found to comply in all respects. This report relates only to the items
tested.

Signature:
Name: Du Song
Date: 16 September 2019
List of Annexes

I
II UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
TR-T-REPPR-005 Revision 01 Page 1 of 10
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Issue Record
Variant1:6110B-Cab-Premium as tested vehicle to cover variant2: 6110B-Cab-Deluxe,
Variant4:6110B-OOS-Deluxe and Variant3:6110B-OOS- standard are also tested vehicles as

different max vehicle speeds.
*specify Type, Variants and Versions covered. Supporting documents may be annexed to this report

Article 8 Requirements on 2. The technical services shall measure the external sound
Measurement of the external sound level of agricultural and forestry vehicles of category T
level equipped with pneumatic tyres and of category C equipped
with track belts in motion, for type-approval purposes, in
accordance with the test conditions and methods laid down
in point 1.3.1 of Annex II.
3. The technical services shall measure the external sound
level of stationary agricultural and forestry vehicles of
categories T and C equipped with track belts, for type-
approval purposes, in accordance with the test conditions
and methods laid down in point 1.3.2 of Annex II. They shall
record the results in accordance with the provisions laid
down in point 1.3.2.4 of Annex II..
level of agricultural and forestry vehicles of category C
equipped with track chains, for type-approval purposes, in
accordance with the stationary test conditions and methods
laid down in point 1.3.2 of Annex II.
level of agricultural and forestry vehicles of category C
equipped with track chains in motion, for the type-approval
purposes, in accordance with the test conditions and
methods laid down in point 1.3.3 of Annex II. They shall
record the results.
Vehicle Identification Number Variant1:6110B-Cab-Premium: 1YR6110BTKF500841

Variant4:6110B-OOS-standard; 1YR6110BJKN210013
Engine Type: 4045HCP05
Rated Power (kW @ rev/min): All variants:80.9Kw@2200rpm
Transmission: Mechanical
Axle Ratio: Front:40%, Rear: 60% UK
Approval
Vehicle Length: 4285mm Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Catalyst Part Number(s): NA

Silencer Part Number(s): SJ21927
Air Cleaner Part Number: FP G088603
Intake Silencer Part Number: FP G088603
Tyre Size, Make, Model: Front: 380/85 R24/ TRELLEBORG/Pneumatic
Rear: 460/85R34/TRELLEBORG/ Pneumatiic
Tyre Pressures: As statement
Other Noise reducing Components NA
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797

Temperature sensor M308A 10204308A 2020/03/06
Anemometer 041441 2020/04/21
Sound level meter-BK 2239 SC-2120 2020/05/07
V-box 31514 2020/01/28
Thermometer VC230A 2021/03/04
Air-pressure gauge DYM3-16889 2020/01/18
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Complies
External sound emission requirements
Ann 2, 1. Permissible external sound levels
Measuring Instruments
The instrumentation system, including the microphones, cables and
windscreen if used, shall meet the requirements for a Class 1
Ann 2, 1.1 Yes
instrument set out in IEC 61672-1:2002. The filters shall meet the
requirements for a Class 1 instrument given in IEC 61260:1995.
Conditions of measurement
Measurements shall be made on agricultural and forestry vehicles
with their unladen mass in running order in a sufficiently silent and
Ann 2, 1.2.1 Yes
open area (ambient noise and wind noise at least 10 dB (A) below
the external sound level being measured).
This area may take the form, for instance, of an open space of 50
metres radius having a central part of at least 20 metres radius which
Ann 2, 1. 2.2 is practically level; it may be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or Yes
similar material and may not be covered with powdery snow, tall
grass, loose soil or ashes.
The surface of the test track shall be such as not to cause excessive
Ann2, 1.2.3 tyre noise. This condition applies only to measurement of the Yes
external sound made by agricultural and forestry vehicles in motion.
Measurement shall be carried out in fine weather with little wind. No

person other than the observer taking the readings from the
apparatus may remain near the agricultural and forestry vehicle or
the microphone, as the presence of spectators near either the
Ann 2, 1.2.4 Yes
agricultural and forestry vehicle or the microphone may considerably
affect the readings from the apparatus. Marked fluctuations of the
pointer which appear to be unrelated to the characteristics of the
general sound level shall be ignored in taking readings.
Method of measurement of external sound level with

agricultural and forestry vehicle in motion.
At least two measurements shall be made on each side of the
Ann 2, 1.3.1.1 agricultural and forestry vehicle. Preliminary measurements may be Yes
made for adjustment purposes but shall be disregarded.
The microphone shall be situated 1,2 metres above ground level at a

distance of 7,5 metres from the path of the agricultural and forestry
Ann 2, 1.3.1.2 Yes
vehicle's centre line, CC, measured along the perpendicular PP′ to
that line
UK
Approval
Ann 2, 1.3.1.3 Two lines AA′ and BB′, parallel to line PP′ and situated respectively 10 Yes
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
metres forward and 10 metres rearward of the line, shall be marked

out on the test track. Agricultural and forestry vehicles shall approach
line AA′ at a steady speed, as specified below. The throttle shall then
be fully opened as rapidly as practicable and held in the fully opened
position until the rear of the agricultural and forestry vehicles crosses
line BB′; the throttle shall then be closed again as rapidly as possible.
If the agricultural or forestry vehicle is coupled to a trailer, this shall not
be taken into account in determining when line BB′ is crossed.
Ann 2, 1.3.1.4
The maximum sound level recorded shall constitute the result of the Yes
measurement.
The steady speed before approaching line AA’ shall be three-quarters

Ann 2, 1.3.1.5 of the maximum design speed (Vmax) as declared by the manufacturer Yes
which can be attained in the highest gear used for road movement.
Ann 2, 1.3.1.6 Interpretation of results
To take account of inaccuracies in the measuring instruments, the

Ann 2, 1.3.1.6.1 result obtained from each measurement shall be determined by Yes
deducting 1 dB (A) from the meter reading.
Measurements shall be considered valid if the difference between two

Ann 2, 1.3.1.6.2 consecutive measurements on the same side of the agricultural and Yes
forestry vehicle does not exceed 2 dB (A).
The highest sound level measured shall constitute the test result.
Should that result exceed the maximum permissible sound level for the
Ann 2, 1.3.1.6.3 category of agricultural and forestry vehicle tested by at least 1 dB(A), Yes
two further measurements shall be made. Three of the four
measurements thus obtained must fall within the prescribed limits.
Pre-test calibration value 94 dB(A)

Pre-test ambient noise level: 56.0 dB(A)
Variant1: 6110B-Cab-Premium
Run Approach Exit Recorded Sound Level Corrected Sound Level Gear
Number Speed, Speed, [dB(A)] [dB(A)] Used
VAA’ VBB’
(km/h) (km/h) LHS RHS LHS RHS
1 27.7 33.0 83.2 85.5 82.2 84.5 D2
2 27.8 33.1 84.9 85.9 83.9 84.9 D2
3
4
1.) Test result = [highest corrected reading]:
2) Measurements should be recorded to the first decimal place.
Highest reading: 85.9 dB(A)

UK
Corrected result (above result -1 dB): 84.9 dB(A) Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Final result (rounded to nearest integer): 85 dB(A) Yes

Limit value for vehicle: 89 dB(A)
Post-test ambient noise level: 60 dB(A) Yes

Post-test calibration value: 94 dB(A)
Variant4:6110B-OOS-Deluxe
Run Approach Exit Recorded Sound Level Corrected Sound Level Gear
Number Speed, Speed, [dB(A)] [dB(A)] Used
VAA’ VBB’
(km/h) (km/h) LHS RHS LHS RHS
1 27.0 33.0 83.1 85.5 82.1 84.5 D3L
2 23.1 33.8 83.0 85.6 82.0 84.6 D3L
3
4
2.) Test result = [highest corrected reading]:
2) Measurements should be recorded to the first decimal place.
Highest reading: 85.6 dB(A)
Corrected result (above result -1 dB): 84.6 dB(A)

Final result (rounded to nearest integer): 85 dB(A) Yes
Limit value for vehicle: 89 dB(A)
Post-test ambient noise level: 56.0 dB(A) Yes

Ann 2, 1.3.2
Measurement of external sound with agricultural and forestry
vehicle stationary
Position of sound-level meter

Measurements shall be made at point X (shown in figure 2) at a
distance of 7 metres from the nearest surface of the agricultural and
Ann 2, 1.3.2.1. Yes
forestry vehicle. The microphone shall be situated 1,2 metres above
ground level.
Number of measurements:
Ann 2, 1.3.2.2. At least two measurements shall be made. Yes
Agricultural and forestry vehicle test conditions

The engine of an agricultural and forestry vehicle without a speed
governor shall be run at three-quarters of the rpm speed at which, in UK
Ann 2, 1.3.2.3.1 Yes
accordance with the agricultural and forestry vehicle manufacturer, it Approval
develops its maximum power. The rpm speed of the engine shall be Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
measured by means of an independent instrument, e.g. a roller bed

and a tachometer. If the engine is fitted with a governor preventing the
engine from exceeding the speed at which it develops its maximum
power, it shall be run at the maximum speed permitted by the governor.
Before taking any measurements, the engine shall be brought to its

Ann 2, 1.3.2.3.2 Yes
normal running temperature.
Interpretation of results
All external sound-level readings recorded shall be given in the report.
The engine speed shall be recorded in accordance with the provisions
Ann 2, 1.3.2.4.1 Yes
of Article 9. The state of loading of the agricultural and forestry vehicle
shall also be recorded.
The measurements shall be considered valid if the difference between

Ann 2, 1.3.2.4.2 two consecutive measurements on the same side of the agricultural Yes
and forestry vehicle does not exceed 2 dB (A).
The maximum figure recorded shall constitute the result of the

Ann 2, 1.3.2.4.3 Yes
measurement.
Pre-test calibration value: 60.0 dB(A)

Pre-test ambient noise level: 94 dB(A)
Maximum power engine speed (S): 2200 rpm
Target engine speed used for test: 1650 rpm
Variant1: 6110B-Cab-Premium
Side Reading Sound Level Engine Speed
[dB(A)]
As recorded Rounded to
whole dB
1
LHS 2
3
1 77.3 77 1650
RHS 2 76.8 77 1650
3 76.9 77 1650
Final result: 77 dB(A) 77

Note: Maximum figure
Post-test ambient noise level: 56.1 dB(A)

UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
Variant4:6110B-OOS-Deluxe
Side Reading Sound Level Engine Speed
[dB(A)]
As recorded Rounded to
whole dB
1
LHS 2
3
1 78.0 78 1650
RHS 2 76.9 77 1650
3 76.6 77 1650
Final result: 78 dB(A)

Note: Maximum figure
Post-test ambient noise level: 56.5 dB(A)

External Sound Testing provisions for C-category vehicles with

track chains in motion
For agricultural and forestry vehicles of C category equipped with track
chains, the noise in motion shall be measured with vehicles with their
unladen mass in running order travelling at a constant speed of 5 km/h
(+/– 0,5 km/h), with the engine at rated speed over a layer of humid
Ann 2, 1.3.3. NA
sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008. The
microphone shall be situated in accordance with the provisions
of point 1.3.1. The measured noise value shall be recorded in the test
report.
Ann 2, 2 Exhaust System (Silencer)
The agricultural and forestry vehicle is fitted with a device designed to

reduce the exhaust noise (silencer), the requirements of this section
shall apply. If the inlet of the engine is fitted with an air filter which is
Ann 2, 2.1 Yes
necessary in order to ensure compliance with the permissible sound
level, the filter shall be considered to be part of the silencer, and the
requirements of this point 2 shall also apply to that filter.
The exhaust tailpipe must be positioned in such a way that the exhaust
Ann 2, 2.1 Yes
gases cannot penetrate inside the cab.
A drawing of the exhaust system must be annexed to the agricultural

Ann 2, 2.2 Yes
and forestry vehicle type-approval certificate.
Ann 2 2.3
The silencer must be marked with a reference to its make and type Yes
which is clearly legible and indelible.
The use of fibrous absorbent material is permitted in the construction of

Ann 2, 2.4 NAUK
Approval
silencers only if the following conditions are fulfilled: Authority
05-Nov-19
+44(0) 300 330 5797
The fibrous absorbent material may not be placed in those parts of the
Ann 2, 2.4.1 NA
silencer through which gases pass;
Suitable devices must ensure that the fibrous absorbent material is kept
Ann 2 2.4.2 NA
in place for the whole time that the silencer is being used;
The fibrous absorbent material must be resistant to a temperature at

least 20 % higher than the operating temperature (degrees C) which
Ann 2, 2.4.3 NA
may occur in the region of the silencer where those fibrous absorbent
materials are situated.
Remarks
Nil
UK
Approval
Authority
05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd. Information Document No. 167/2013-XXX-
BBB Road, CCC City, 00
DDD Province, Rev. No.: 00
P.R. China Issue date:
Latest revision date:
Information on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 20(1) of Regulation (EU)
No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council Information folder sheet
Information folder sheet
A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
The undersigned : (full name and position)
Company name and address of the manufacturer : John Deere (Tianjin) Company Limited
No. 89, 13 Avenue, TEDA,
Tianjin City,
PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
Assembly name and address John Deere (Tianjin) Company Limited
No. 89, 13 Avenue, TEDA,
Tianjin City,
PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
Name and address of the manufacturer's representative : Not applicable
(if any)
Hereby applies for type-approval procedure : (a) step-by-step type-approval
(b) single-step type-approval
(c) mixed type-approval
Multi-stage type-approval chosen in accordance with : yes/no
Article 20(5) of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013
Information on the vehicle(s) to be filled in, if application is for EU whole-vehicle type-approval:
1.1 Make (trade name of the manufacturer) : JOHNDEERE

1.2 Type : See Annex 1.2
1.2.1 Variant(s) : See Annex 1.2
1.2.2 Version(s) : See Annex 1.2
1.2.3 Commercial name(s) (if available) : n.a
1.2.4 Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) : n.a
1.3 Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle : xxxxxxx
Applies for type-approval of : (a) a complete vehicle typ
Information to be filled in, if application is for type-approval of a system/component/separate technical
unit(1): n.a.
Place: Date:
Signature: Name and position in the company:
UK
Approval
Authority
Page 1 of Specification Approval num.

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
Information Document No. 167/2013-XXX-00
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
INDEX
ITEM LIST OF CONTENT Page No.
A GENERAL INFORMATION
1 GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING VEHICLES
2 GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR
SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
4 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS
5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
B INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE
6 ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE
7 ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE FAMILY
8 ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE TYPE WITHIN THE FAMILY
9 ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S)
10 EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL
11 DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL
C INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY
12 PROPULSION AND/OR DRIVE-TRAIN OUTPUT GOVERNORS
13 STEERING
14 SPEEDOMETER, ODOMETER, TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER
15 FIELD OF VISION
16 WINDSCREEN WIPERS AND WASHERS AND DEFROSTING AND DEMISTING
17 GLAZING
18 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
19 DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
20 DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
21 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING
AUTOMATIC SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
22 VEHICLE OCCUPANT PROTECTION, INCLUDING INTERIOR FITTINGS AND OTHER
WEATHER PROTECTION ARRANGEMENTS
23 VEHICLE EXTERIOR AND ACCESSORIES
24 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
25 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
26 HEATING SYSTEM AND AIR-CONDITIONING
27 DEVICES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORISED USE
28 REGISTRATION PLATE(S) SPACE
29 BALLAST MASSES UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
30 SAFETY OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
31 FUEL TANK(S)
32 LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION
33 LOAD PLATFORM(S)
34 FRONT TOWING DEVICE (T-AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES)
35 TYRES
36 SPRAY-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
37 CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
38 MECHANICAL COUPLING
39 THREE-POINT LIFTING MECHANISM
40 ADDITIONAL COUPLING POINTS
D INFORMATION ON BRAKING PERFORMANCE
41 SUSPENSION
42 AXLE(S) AND TYRES
43 BRAKING
E INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION
44 CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION
45 ACCESS TO VEHICLE ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
46 ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
47 ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
48 DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
49 SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
50 OPERATING SPACE AND ACCESS TO AND EXIT OF THE VEHICLE INCLUDING
DOORS AND WINDOWS
51 POWER TAKE-OFF(S)
52 PROTECTION OF DRIVE COMPONENTS, EXHAUST SYSTEM, GUARDS AND
PROTECTIVE DEVICES
53 SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES
54 SAFETY BELTS
55 PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)
56 OPERATOR'S MANUAL, INFORMATION WARNINGS AND MARKINGS
57 DRIVER-OPERATED CONTROL DEVICES INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF
CONTROL DEVICES, TELL- TALES AND INDICATORS
58 PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
59 FOR T- AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES, MACHINERY (63) MOUNTED ON THE
VEHICLE UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex Subject Page No.
001 XXX XXX
002 XXX XXX
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
A. GENERAL INFORMATION
1. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING VEHICLES
1.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer) : JOHNDEERE
1.2. Type : See Annex 1.2
1.2.1 Variant(s) : See Annex 1.2
1.2.2 Version(s) : See Annex 1.2
1.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available) : See Annex 1.2
1.2.4. Type-approval number(s) of the previous stage(s) : n.a.
1.3. Category, subcategory and speed index of vehicle : T1a
1.4. Company name and address of manufacturer : xxxxxx
1.4.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s) : xxxxxx
1.4.2. Name and address of manufacturer's authorised : xxxxxx
representative (if any)
1.5. Manufacturer's statutory plate(s)
1.5.1. Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate : Right side of the front axle support
1.5.2. Method of attachment : Riveted
1.5.3. Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate : See Annex 1.5.3
(completed example with dimensions)
1.6. Vehicle identification number
1.6.1. Location of the vehicle identification number on the chassis : Right side of the front axle support
1.6.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the vehicle : See Annex 1.6.2
identification number (completed example with dimensions)
1.6.3. The vehicle identification number of the type begins with : 1YR
2. GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL
UNITS
2.1. Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer) : n.a.
2.2. Type : n.a.
2.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available) : n.a.
2.2.2. Type -approval number(s) (if available) : n.a.
2.2.3. Type -approval(s) issued on (date, if available) : n.a.
2.2.4 For components and separate technical units, location and : n.a.
method of attachment of the type- approval mark(s) (if
available)
2.3. Company name and address of manufacturer : n.a.
2.3.1. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture plants : n.a.

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
2.3.2. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly/manufacture : n.a.
authorised representative (if any)
2.4. For systems and separate technical units, vehicle(s) for : n.a.
which they are intended for
2.4.1. Type : n.a.
2.4.2. Variant(s) : n.a.
2.4.3. Version(s) : n.a.
2.4.4 Commercial name(s) (if available) : n.a.
2.4.5. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle : n.a.
2.5. Additional general information for engines : n.a.
2.5.1. Type-approval of : engine family
2.5.2 Manufacturer's type coding (as marked on the engine or : n.a.
other means of identification)
2.5.3. Commercial description of the parent- and (if applicable) of : n.a.
the family engine
2.5.4 Additional marks for engines : n.a.
2.5.4.1. Location, coding and method of affixing the engine : n.a.
identification number
2.5.4.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the engine : n.a.
identification number (completed example with dimensions)
3. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS
3.1. Photographs or drawings of a representative version of the : See Annex 3.1
vehicle
3.2. Scale and dimensioned drawing of the whole vehicle : See Annex 3.2
3.3. Axles and wheels
3.3.1. Number of axles and wheels : 2 axles, 4 wheels
3.3.2. Number and position of axles with twinned wheels : n.a
3.3.3. Number and position of steered axles :1, front
3.3.4. Number and position of powered axles :2, front and rear
3.3.5. Number and position of braked axles :1, rear
3.4. For C-category vehicles
3.4.1. Crawler undercarriage configuration: set of track trains at front/set of track trains at rear/set of track trains
at front and set of track trains at rear/continuous track train at each side of the vehicle
3.4.2. Number and position of powered set of track trains : n/a
3.4.3. Number and position of braked set of track trains : n/a
3.4.4. Steering for C-category vehicles n/a

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
3.4.4.1. Steering by changing the speed between the left-hand side : n/a
and right-hand side track trains
3.4.4.2. Steering by pivoting of two opposite or all four track trains : n/a
3.4.4.3 Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the : n/a
vehicle around a central vertical axis
3.4.4.4. Steering by articulation of the front and rear part of the n/a
vehicle around a central vertical axis and by changing the
direction of the wheels on the wheeled axle
3.4.5. Mean Ground Contact Pressure, P n/a
3.5. Chassis
3.5.1. Chassis overall drawing : See Annex 3.5.1
3.5.2. For T- and C-category vehicles, type of chassis : backbone
3.5.3. For R- and S-category vehicles, type of chassis : n.a
3.6. Material used for the bodywork : cast iron
3.7 Position and arrangement of the engine : front, longitudinal
3.8. Position of the steering wheel : center
3.9. Vehicle is equipped to be driven in : both right and left
and in countries that use
3.10. T- or C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications : n.a
3.11. T- or C-category vehicles equipped for protection against : n.a
hazardous substances
3.12. For R- and S-category vehicles, type of braking : n.a
4. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawings where applicable)
4.1 Range of vehicle mass (overall)
4.1.1. Unladen mass
4.1.1.1. Unladen mass(es) in running order : See Annex 4.1.1.1
4.1.1.1.1. Maximum : See Annex 4.1.1.1
4.1.1.1.2. Minimum : See Annex 4.1.1.1
4.1.1.1.3. Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles : See Annex 4.1.1.1
4.1.1.1.4. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre- axle R- or S- : n.a
category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling
point (S)
4.1.2. Maximum mass(es), as declared by the manufacturer : See Annex 4.1.1.1
4.1.2.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass(es) of the : See Annex 4.1.1.1
vehicle
4.1.2.1.1 Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle : See Annex 4.1.1.1
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4.1.2.1.2. In the case of a rigid drawbar or centre-axle R- or S- : n.a
category vehicle indicate the vertical load on the coupling
point (S)
4.1.2.1.3. Limits on the distribution of this (these) mass(es) among : See Annex 4.1.1.1
the axles (specify the minimum limits in percentages on the
front axle and on the rear axle)
4.1.2.2. Mass(es) and tyre(s)
Maximum
Tyre dimension Maximu
Maximum permissible Track width
Tyre incl. load Rollin m
Tyre Load permissible vertical load [mm]
combi Axle capacity index g permissib
rating per mass of the on the
nation No. and speed radius le mass
tyre [kg] vehicle coupling
No. category [mm] per axle Minim Maxim
[kg](*) point [kg]
symbol [kg](*) um um
(*)(**) (***)
1 1 320/85R24 2000 for wagon

552 1605 2500 hitch 1533 2025
124A6
8890 1900 for
2 420/85R34
756 2840 4800 1613 2013
144A6 drawbar
2 1 A6(30Km/h):
340/85R24 1770
127A6 565 2500 1533 2025
A8(40Km/h): A6(30Km/h): 2000 for wagon
125A8
1650 10130 hitch
A6(30Km/h): A8(40Km/h): 1900 for

2
460/85R34 3295 9450 drawbar
149A6 787 5800 1613 2013
A8(40Km/):
147A8
3075
3 1 A6(30Km/h):
380/85R24 2090
133A6 597 3000 1544 2036
A8(40Km/h): A6(30Km/h): 2000 for wagon
131A8
1950 11140 hitch
A8(40Km/h): 1900 for
2 A6(30Km/h):
460/85R38 3480 10400 drawbar
151A6 838 6200 1620 2020
A8(40Km/h):
149A8
3250
(*) According to the tyre specification.
(**)Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if
the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand
the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column; for R- or S-
category vehicles this column(s) concerns the rear coupling devices if there is such a device.
(***) As recommended by the manufacturer. UK

Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4.1.2.3. Mass(es) and crawler undercarriage : N/A
Track dimensions Maximum

Average Maximum
Maximum permissible
contact Maximum permissible
permissible vertical
Set of track pressure load per mass per
Length mass of the load on the
trains No Width [mm] on the track roller set of track
[mm] vehicle coupling
ground [kg](*) trains
[kg](*) point
[kPa] [kg](*)
[kg](*)(**)
(*) According to the track roller specification.
(**)Load transmitted to the reference centre of the coupling under static conditions, irrespective to the coupling device; if
the maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point depending on the coupling is indicated in this table, expand
the table at the right side and indicate the identification of the coupling device in the header of the column.
4.1.3. Technically permissible towable mass(es) for T- or C-category vehicles for each chassis/braking
configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle (for R- and S-category vehicles, indicate the maximum
permissible load(s) on the rear coupling point):
R- and S category vehicle Drawbar Rigid drawbar Centre-axle
Brake
Unbraked(*) 2500kg 2500kg 2500kg
Inertia-braked 3500kg 3500kg 3500kg
Hydraulic braked n.a n.a n.a
Pneumatic braked n.a n.a n.a
(*) Calculated using the partially laden condition defined by the tractor manufacturer in agreement with the
technical service set out in point 3.1.1.2 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68.’
4.1.4. Total technically permissible mass(es) of the tractor (T- or C-category vehicle) and towed vehicle (R- or S-
category vehicle) combination for each chassis/braking configuration of the R- or S-category vehicle:
R- and S category vehicle Drawbar Rigid drawbar Centre-axle
Brake
Unbraked n.a n.a n.a
Inertia-braked n.a n.a n.a
Hydraulic braked n.a n.a n.a
Pneumatic braked n.a n.a n.a

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4.2. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall) n.a
4.2.1. For incomplete vehicles n.a
4.2.1.1. Length n.a
4.2.1.1.1. Maximum permissible length for the completed vehicle n.a
4.2.1.1.2. Minimum permissible length for the completed vehicle n.a
4.2.1.2 Width n.a
4.2.1.2.1. Maximum permissible width for the completed vehicle n.a
4.2.1.2.2. Minimum permissible width for the completed vehicle n.a
4.2.1.3. Height (in running order) n.a
4.2.1.3.1. Maximum n.a
4.2.1.3.2. Minimum n.a
4.2.1.4. Forward overhang n.a
4.2.1.4.1. For T- and C-category vehicles: approach angle n.a
4.2.1.5. For T- and C-category vehicles: rear overhang n.a
4.2.1.5.1. For T- and C-category vehicles: departure angle n.a
4.2.1.5.2. Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling n.a
point
4.2.1.6. For T- and C-category vehicles n.a
4.2.1.6.1. Between the axles: n.a
4.2.1.6.2. Under the front axle(s): n.a
4.2.1.6.3. Under the rear axle(s): n.a
4.2.1.7. Extreme permissible positions of the centre of gravity for the n.a
completed vehicle
4.2.1.7.1. For T- and C- category vehicles, extreme permissible positions n.a
of the centre of gravity of the body and/or interior fittings and/or
equipment and/or payload
4.2.2. For complete/completed vehicles : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1. Overall dimensions of the vehicle, including mechanical coupling : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.1. Length for on-road use : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.1.1. Maximum : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.1.2. Minimum : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.2. Width for on-road use : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.2.1. Maximum : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.3. Height for on-road use : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.1.3.1. Maximum : See Annex 4.2.2 UK

Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4.2.2.2. Forward overhang : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.2.1. Maximum : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.2.2. Minimum : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.3. Rear overhang : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.4. Ground clearance : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.5. Wheelbase : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.6. Distance(s) between consecutive axles 1-2, 2-3, 3-4 : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.7. For rigid draw bar and centre axle R- and S-category vehicles : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.7.1. Distance between the coupling point and the first axle : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.7.2. Distance between the coupling point and the last axle : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.8. Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle (measured : See Annex 4.2.2
between the symmetry planes of the single or twin tyres or of the
tyres in triple formation normally fitted) (to be stated by the
manufacturer)
4.2.2.8.1. Maximum: : See Annex 4.2.2
4.2.2.9. Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in the longitudinal,

transverse and vertical direction
4.2.2.9.1. For T2-, T4.1-, T4.3-category vehicles and C2-, C4.1-, C4.3- n.a
category vehicles, height of the centre of gravity, measured in
relation to the ground using the tyres normally fitted on the
vehicle
4.2.2.9.1.1. For T2-and C2-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between n.a
entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track for each axle:
4.2.2.9.1.2. For T4.1-and C4.1-category vehicles, indicate the ratio between n.a
entry 4.2.2.9.1 and the average minimum track of all of the axles
5. GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS
5.1. Maximum vehicle speed : See Annex 5.1
5.1.1. Forward maximum vehicle speed : See Annex 5.1
5.1.1.1 Declared maximum design vehicle speed : See Annex 5.1
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
5.1.1.2. Calculated maximum design vehicle speed in top gear (show : See Annex 5.1
factors used in calculation)
5.1.1.3. Measured maximum vehicle speed: : See Annex 5.1
5.1.2. Rearward maximum vehicle speed : See Annex 5.1
5.1.2.1. Declared rearward maximum design vehicle speed : See Annex 5.1
5.2. Rated engine net power : See Annex 5.2
5.3 Maximum engine net power : See Annex 5.2
5.4 Maximum engine torque : See Annex 5.2
5.5. Fuel type : See Annex 5.2
5.6. Actual forward movement of powered wheels corresponding to :
one complete revolution of the wheel:
Tyre size Static loaded radius Movement of powered wheels per on revolution
320/85R24 515 3465
340/85R24 540 3547
380/85R24 560 3750
420/85R34 715 4745
460/85R34 745 4945
460/85R38 800 5260
B. INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE
6. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PARENT ENGINE/ENGINE
6.1. Cycle : 4 Stroke
6.2. Bore : 106.5mm
6.3. Stroke : 127mm
6.4. Number : 4 cylinders
and layout : In line
6.5. Engine capacity : 4.5L
6.6. Rated speed : 2200 min-1
6.7. Maximum torque speed : 1600 min-1
6.8. Volumetric compression ratio 4045HCP04: 18.5 ± 0.7,
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 19 ± 0.7
6.9. Combustion system description : direct fuel injection, compression
ignition, Turbo+CAC
6.10. Drawing(s) of combustion chamber and piston crown: Refer to : see Annex 6.10
below drawings
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6.11. Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports 4045HCP04: inlet =1170 mm2; Outlet
= 860 mm2
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: inlet = 1155 mm2; Outlet
= 902.5 mm2
6.12. Cooling system
6.12.1. Liquid Coolant
6.12.1.1. Nature of liquid Glycol/Water 50/50
6.12.1.2. Circulating pumps: yes
6.12.1.2.1. Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the Deere Impeller Pump
circulating pumps
6.12.1.2.2. Drive ratio(s) (if applicable) 4045HCP04: 1.49-1.66
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 1.5
6.12.2. Air
6.12.2.1. Blower: : n.a
6.12.2.1.1. Characteristics of the blower : n.a
6.12.2.1.2. Drive ratio(s) (if applicable) : n.a
6.13. Temperature permitted by the manufacturer
6.13.1. Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet : 383 K
6.13.2. Air cooling: reference point
6.13.2.1. Maximum temperature at reference point: : 333 K
6.13.3. Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet : 361 K
(if applicable)
6.13.4. Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust 4045HCP04: 1023K
pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold(s) 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 1033K
6.13.5. Lubricant temperature: 4045HCP04: 403k MAX
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 430k MAX
6.14. Pressure charger
6.14.1. Pressure charger : yes
6.14.2. Make : CZ
6.14.3. Type C15
6.14.4. Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, Waste Gate Turbocharger
UK
waste gate, if applicable): Waste Gate Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6.14.5. Intercooler : yes
6.15. Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated : 3 kPa
engine speed and at 100 % load
6.16. Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at 4045HCP04: 10 kPa
rated engine speed and at 100 % load 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 7.5 kPa
6.17. Measures taken against air pollution
6.17.1. Device for recycling crankcase gases: : n.a
6.17.2. Additional anti-pollution devices (if any) : n.a
6.17.2.1. Catalytic converter : n.a
6.17.2.1.1. Make : n.a
6.17.2.1.2. Type : n.a
6.17.2.1.3. Number of catalytic converters and elements : n.a
6.17.2.1.4. Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s) : n.a
6.17.2.1.5. Type of catalytic action : n.a
6.17.2.1.6. Total charge of precious metals : n.a
6.17.2.1.7. Relative concentration : n.a
6.17.2.1.8. Substrate (structure and material) : n.a
6.17.2.1.9. Cell density : n.a
6.17.2.1.10. Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): : n.a
6.17.2.1.11. Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and : n.a
maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine
6.17.2.1.12. Normal operating range : n.a
6.17.2.1.13. Consumable reagent (where appropriate): : n.a
6.17.2.1.13.1 Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action : n.a
6.17.2.1.13.2 Normal operational temperature range of reagent : n.a
6.17.2.1.13.3 International standard (if applicable) : n.a
6.17.2.1.14. NOx sensor : no
6.17.2.1.15. Oxygen sensor : no
6.17.2.1.15.1. Make : n.a
6.17.2.1.15.2. Type : n.a
6.17.2.1.15.3. Location : n.a
6.17.2.1.16. Air injection : no
6.17.2.1.16.1. Type : no
6.17.2.1.17. EGR: : no
6.17.2.1.17.1. Characteristics (cooled, high pressure/low pressure, etc.) : n.a UK

Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6.17.2.1.18. Particulate trap : no
6.17.2.1.18.1. Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap : n.a
6.17.2.1.18.2. Type and design of the particulate trap : n.a
6.17.2.1.18.3. Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from : n.a
engine
6.17.2.1.18.4. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing : n.a
6.17.2.1.18.5. Normal operating temperature range : n.a
6.17.2.1.19. Other systems : no
6.17.2.1.19.1. Description and operation : n.a
6.18. Fuel feed for diesel engines
6.18.1. Feed pump
6.18.1.1 Pressure or characteristic diagram 4045HCP04:

@1250 strokes/min.
flow=100l/h@7.5kPa pressure and
80l/h@15kPa pressure
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: -30 to 40 kPa
6.18.2. Injection system
6.18.2.1. Pump
6.18.2.1.1. Make(s) 4045HCP04: Stanadyne
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Denso
6.18.2.1.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: DB4
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: HP3
6.18.2.1.3. Delivery 6095B: 73.4 mm3 per stroke at
engine speed of 2200rpm at full
injection; 87 mm3 per stroke at
injection
6110B: 90.3 mm3 per stroke at
injection; 109.4 mm3 per stroke at
injection
6120B: 97 mm3 per stroke at engine
UK
speed of 2200rpm at full injection;
Approval 118
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
mm3 per stroke at engine speed of
1600rpm at full injection
speed of 2200rpm at full injection; 131
6.18.2.1.3.1. Method used : on engine
6.18.2.2. Injection advance : n.a
6.18.2.2.1. Injection advance curve : n.a
6.18.2.2.2. Timing 4045HCP04: n.a
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: variable Electronic
6.18.2.3. Injection piping :
6.18.2.3.1. Length 4045HCP04: 536 mm
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 296 mm
6.18.2.3.2. Internal diameter 4045HCP04: 1.6 mm
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 3 mm
6.18.2.4. Injector(s)
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Denso
6.18.2.4.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: 17MM VCO
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: G2
6.18.2.4.3. Opening pressure 4045HCP04: 25800 ± 350 kPa
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 3240 ± 500 kPa
6.18.2.4. Governor
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Deere
6.18.2.4.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: mechanical
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: electronic
UK
6.18.2.4.3. Speed at which cut-off starts under full load min-1
4045HCP04: 2260 +50/-25Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2222 min-1
6.18.2.4.4. Maximum no-load speed 4045HCP04: 2400 +50/-25 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2370 min-1
6.18.2.4.5. Idling speed 4045HCP04: 850 ± 10 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 900 ± 10 min-1
6.18.2.5. Cold-start system : n.a
6.18.2.5.1. Make(s) : n.a
6.18.2.5.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.18.2.5.3. Description : n.a
6.19. Fuel for petrol engines : n.a
6.19.1. Carburettor: : n.a
6.19.1.1. Make(s) : n.a
6.19.1.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.19.2. Port fuel injection : n.a
6.19.2.1 Make(s) : n.a
6.19.2.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.19.3. Direct injection : n.a
6.19.3.1 Make(s) : n.a
6.19.3.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.20. Valve timing
6.20.1. Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to
dead centre or equivalent data
4045HCP04 Lift Opening angle Closing angle
Intake 12.24mm 16 38
Exhaust 11.73mm 84 20
4045HCP05, Lift Opening angle Closing angle
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11
Intake 8.9mm 23.9 13.4
Exhaust 11.96mm 61.8 23.4
6.20.2. Reference and/or setting range : n.a
6.20.3. Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake : n.a
and/or exhaust)
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6.20.3.1. Type : n.a
6.20.3.2 Cam phase shift angle : n.a
6.21. Porting configuration : n.a
6.21.1. Position, size and numbering: : n.a
6.22. Ignition system : n.a
6.22.1. Ignition coil : n.a
6.22.1.1. Make(s) : n.a
6.22.1.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.22.1.3. Number : n.a
6.22.2. Spark plug(s) : n.a
6.22.2.1. Make(s) : n.a
6.22.2.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.22.3. Magneto : n.a
6.22.3.1. Make(s) : n.a
6.22.3.2. Type(s) : n.a
6.22.4. Ignition timing : n.a
6.22.4.1. Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle : n.a
degrees):
6.22.4.2. Advance curve (if applicable) : n.a
7. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE FAMILY
7.1. Common parameters
7.1.1 Combustion cycle : compression ignition
7.1.2 Cooling medium : coolant
7.1.3 Method of air aspiration : turbocharged
7.1.4 Combustion chamber type and design : direct diesel injection
7.1.5 Valve and porting configuration, size and number 4045HCP04 : 2 valve cross flow
46.6mm intake 42.5mm
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2 valve cross flow 37mm
intake 36mm
7.1.6 Fuel system : electronic direct injection
7.1.7 Engine management systems (proof of identity pursuant to : n.a
drawing number(s))
7.1.7.1. Charge cooling system : n.a
7.1.7.2. Exhaust gas recirculation : n.a
7.1.7.3. Water injection/emulsion : n.a

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
7.1.7.4. Air injection : n.a
7.1.8 Exhaust after-treatment system : n.a
7.2. Engine family listing
7.2.1. Name of engine family 4045HCP04 : CJDXL04.5145
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: JDXL06.8105
7.2.2. Specifications of engines within the family :
Parent engine Engines within the family
Engine type 4045HCP04: 4045HCP04 4045HCP05 4045HCP010 4045HCP11
4045HPRN10
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11:
4045HF285A
Number of cylinders I-4 I-4 I-4 I-4 I-4
Rated speed (min-1) 4045HCP04: 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2400
Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) 4045HCP04: 76.8 73.4 90.3 97 104
for diesel engines, fuel flow 4045HCP05,
(g/h) for petrol engines, at rated 4045HCP10,
net power 4045HCP11: 111.5
Rated net power (kW) 4045HCP04: 74 70 81 88 99
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 109
Maximum power speed (min-1) 4045HCP04: 2200 2200 2000 2000 2000
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2400
Maximum net power (kW) 4045HCP04: 74 70 84 92 102
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 109
Maximum torque speed (min-1) 4045HCP04: 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 1600
Fuel delivery per stroke (mm3) 4045HCP04: 91 87 109.4 118 131
for diesel engines, fuel flow 4045HCP05,
(g/h) for petrol engines, at 4045HCP10,
maximum torque 4045HCP11: 131.8
Maximum torque (Nm) 4045HCP04: 400 375 452 495 555
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 560
Low Idle speed (min-1) 4045HCP04: 800+/- 800+/-10 900+/-10 900+/-10 900+/-10
50
4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 800+/-
10
Cylinder displacement (in % of 4045HCP04: NV NV 100 100 100
parent engine) 4045HCP05,
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 100
8. ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENGINE TYPE WITHIN THE FAMILY
8.1. Cycle : 4 Stroke
8.2. Bore : 106.5mm
8.3. Stroke : 127mm
8.4. Number : 4 cylinders
and layout : In line
8.5. Engine capacity : 4.5L
8.6. Rated speed : 2200 min-1
8.7. Maximum torque speed : 1600 min-1
8.8. Volumetric compression ratio 4045HCP04: 18.5 ± 0.7,
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 19 ± 0.7
8.9. Combustion system description : direct fuel injection, compression
ignition, Turbo+CAC
8.10. Drawings of combustion chamber and piston crown : see Annex 6.10
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.11. Minimum cross sectional area of inlet and outlet ports 4045HCP04: inlet =1170 mm2; Outlet
= 860 mm2
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: inlet = 1155 mm2; Outlet
= 902.5 mm2
8.12. Cooling system
8.12.1. Liquid Coolant
8.12.1.1. Nature of liquid: Glycol/Water 50/50
8.12.1.2. Circulating pumps: yes
8.12.1.2.1. Characteristics or make(s) and type(s) (if applicable) of the Deere Impeller Pump
circulating pumps:
8.12.1.2.2. Drive ratio(s) (if applicable): 4045HCP04: 1.49-1.66
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 1.5
8.12.2. Air
8.12.2.1. Blower : no
8.12.2.1.1.1 Characteristics of the blower : n.a
8.12.2.1.1.2 Drive ratio(s) (if applicable) : n.a
8.13. Temperature permitted by the manufacturer
8.13.1. Liquid cooling: maximum temperature at outlet : 383 K
8.13.2. Air cooling :
8.13.2.1. Maximum temperature at reference point : 333 K
8.13.3. Maximum charge air outlet temperature of the intercooler outlet : 361 K
(if applicable)
8.13.4. Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust 4045HCP04: 1023K
pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
of the exhaust manifold(s): 4045HCP11: 1033K
8.13.5. Lubricant temperature 4045HCP04: 403k MAX
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 430k MAX
8.14. Pressure charger
8.14.1. Pressure charger : yes
8.14.2. Make : CZ
8.14.3. Type C15
8.14.4. Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure, Waste Gate Turbocharger
waste gate, if applicable)
UK
8.14.5. Intercooler : yes Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.15. Intake system: maximum allowable intake depression at rated : 3 kPa
engine speed and at 100 % load
8.16. Exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust backpressure at 4045HCP04: 10 kPa
rated engine speed and at 100 % load 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 7.5 kPa
8.17. Measures taken against air pollution
8.17.1. Device for recycling crankcase gases : no
8.17.2. Additional anti-pollution devices (if any) : no
8.17.2.1. Catalytic converter: : no
8.17.2.1.1. Make : n.a
8.17.2.1.2. Type : n.a
8.17.2.1.3. Number of catalytic converters and elements : n.a
8.17.2.1.4. Dimensions and volume of the catalytic converter(s) : n.a
8.17.2.1.5. Type of catalytic action : n.a
8.17.2.1.6. Total charge of precious metals : n.a
8.17.2.1.7. Relative concentration : n.a
8.17.2.1.8. Substrate (structure and material) : n.a
8.17.2.1.9. Cell density : n.a
8.17.2.1.10. Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s) : n.a
8.17.2.1.11. Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place(s) and : n.a
maximum/minimum distance(s) from engine
8.17.2.1.12. Normal operating range : n.a
8.17.2.1.13. Consumable reagent (where appropriate) : n.a
8.17.2.1.13.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action : n.a
8.17.2.1.13.2. Normal operational temperature range of reagent : n.a
8.17.2.1.13.3. International standard (if applicable) : n.a
8.17.2.1.14. NOx sensor : no
8.17.2.1.15. Oxygen sensor : no
8.17.2.1.15.1. Make : n.a
8.17.2.1.15.2. Type : n.a
8.17.2.1.15.3. Location : n.a
8.17.2.1.16. Air injection : no
8.17.2.1.16.1. Type : no
8.17.2.1.17. EGR : no
8.17.2.1.17.1. Characteristics (cooled/uncooled, high pressure/low pressure, : n.a
etc.)
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.17.2.1.18. Particulate trap : no
8.17.2.1.18.1. Dimensions and capacity of the particulate trap : n.a
8.17.2.1.18.2. Type and design of the particulate trap : n.a
8.17.2.1.18.3. Location (place(s) and maximum/minimum distance(s) from : n.a
engine
8.17.2.1.18.4. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing : n.a
8.17.2.1.18.5. Normal operating temperature range and pressure range : n.a
8.17.2.1.19. Other systems : no
8.17.2.1.19.1. Description and operation : n.a
8.18. Fuel feed for diesel engines
8.18.1. Feed pump
8.18.1.1 Pressure 4045HCP04:

or characteristic diagram @1250 strokes/min.
flow=100l/h@7.5kPa pressure and
80l/h@15kPa pressure
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: -30 to 40 kPa
8.18.2. Injection system
8.18.2.1. Pump
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Denso
8.18.2.1.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: DB4
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: HP3
8.18.2.1.3. Delivery 6095B: 73.4 mm3 per stroke at engine
6110B: 90.3 mm3 per stroke at engine
speed of 2200rpm at full injection;
109.4 mm3 per stroke at engine
speed of 1600rpm at full injection

UK
1600rpm at full injection Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.18.2.1.3.1. Method used : on engine
8.18.2.2. Injection advance : n.a
8.18.2.2.1. Injection advance curve : n.a
8.18.2.2.2. Timing : 4045HCP04: n.a
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: variable Electronic
8.18.2.3. Injection piping: :
8.18.2.3.1. Length: 4045HCP04: 536 mm
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 296 mm
8.18.2.3.2. internal diameter: 4045HCP04: 1.6 mm
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 3 mm
8.18.2.4. Injector(s)
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Denso
8.18.2.4.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: 17MM VCO
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: G2
8.18.2.4.3. Opening pressure 4045HCP04: 25800 ± 350 kPa
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 3240 ± 500 kPa
8.18.2.5. Governor
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: Deere
8.18.2.5.2. Type(s) 4045HCP04: mechanical
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: electronic
8.18.2.5.3. Speed at which cut-off starts under full load 4045HCP04: 2260 +50/-25 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
UK
4045HCP11: 2222 min-1 Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.18.2.5.4. Maximum no-load speed 4045HCP04: 2400 +50/-25 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2370 min-1
8.18.2.5.5. Idling speed 4045HCP04: 850 ± 10 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 900 ± 10 min-1
8.18.2.6. Cold-start system no
8.18.2.6.1. Make(s) : n.a
8.18.2.6.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.18.2.6.3. Description : n.a
8.19. Fuel feed for petrol engines : n.a
8.19.1. Carburettor: : n.a
8.19.1.1. Make(s) : n.a
8.19.1.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.19.2. Port fuel injection : n.a
8.19.2.1 Make(s) : n.a
8.19.2.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.19.3. Direct injection : n.a
8.19.3.1 Make(s) : n.a
8.19.3.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.20. Valve timing
8.20.1. Maximum lift and angles of opening and closing in relation to
dead centre or equivalent data
4045HCP04 Lift Opening angle Closing angle
Intake 12.24mm 16 38
Exhaust 11.73mm 84 20
4045HCP05, Lift Opening angle Closing angle
4045HCP10,
4045HCP11
Intake 8.9mm 23.9 13.4
Exhaust 11.96mm 61.8 23.4
8.20.2. Reference and/or setting range : n.a
8.20.3. Variable valve timing system (if applicable and where intake : n.a
and/or exhaust)
8.20.3.1. Type : n.a
8.20.3.2 Cam phase shift angle : n.a

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
8.21. Porting configuration : n.a
8.21.1. Position, size and numbering : n.a
8.22. Ignition system : n.a
8.22.1. Ignition coil : n.a
8.22.1.1. Make(s) : n.a
8.22.1.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.22.1.3. Number : n.a
8.22.2. Spark plug(s) : n.a
8.22.2.1. Make(s) : n.a
8.22.2.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.22.3. Magneto : n.a
8.22.3.1. Make(s) : n.a
8.22.3.2. Type(s) : n.a
8.22.4. ignition timing : n.a
8.22.4.1. Static advance with respect to top dead centre (crank angle : n.a
degrees)
8.22.4.2. Advance curve (if applicable) : n.a
9. ENERGY STORAGE DEVICE(S)
9.1. Description Battery
9.2. Identification number 6095B: SJ36671
6110B, 6120B, 6135B: SJ19484
9.3. Kind of electrochemical couple Lead - Acid
9.4. Energy stored SJ36671: 120Ah, RC230min
SJ19484: 135Ah, RC260min
9.4.1. For battery, voltage Voltage: 12V
and capacity Capacity: SJ36671: 120Ah in 20h,
SJ19484: 135Ah in 20h
9.4.2. For capacitor n.a
9.4.3. For flywheel/generator n.a
9.4.3.1. Flywheel moment of inertia: n.a
9.4.3.1.1. Additional moment of inertia if no gear is engaged: n.a
9.5. Charger By vehicle alternator, or external
10. EXTERNAL SOUND LEVEL
10.1. External sound level declared by the manufacturer
10.1.1. Moving 89 dB(A), as stated in 2013/167
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
10.1.2 Stationary 85 dB(A), See test report for each
model data.
10.1.3. At engine speed : 2200 min-1
10.2. Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust system : see Annex 10.2
(including the air intake system, the devices for noise and
tailpipe emission control):
10.3. Air-intake system
10.3.1. Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos) : see Annex 10.3.1
10.3.2. Air filter
10.3.2.1. Photographs and/or drawings : see Annex 10.3.2
10.3.2.2. Make : Donaldson
10.3.2.3. Type : see Annex 10.3.2
10.3.3. Intake silencer : n.a
10.3.3.1. Photographs and/or drawings : n.a
10.3.3.2. Make : n.a
10.3.3.3. Type : n.a
10.4. Exhaust system
10.4.1. Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold : see Annex 10.4.1
10.4.2. Description and/or drawing of the elements of the exhaust : see Annex 10.4.2
system that are not part of the engine system
10.4.3. Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine : 10 kPa
speed and at 100 % load
10.4.4. Type, marking of the exhaust noise-abatement device(s): : Underhood muffler
Shanxi Limin
10.4.4.1. Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials : no
10.4.5. Exhaust system volume : 7.26 dm3
10.4.6. Location of the exhaust outlet : Vertical exhaust pipe outside of hood
10.4.7. Additional noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment : n.a
and on the engine for external noise (if any)
10.5. Details of any non-engine related devices designed to reduce : n.a
noise (if not covered by other items)
11. DRIVE-TRAIN AND CONTROL
11.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive- : See Annex 11.1
train and its control system (gear shift control, clutch control or
any other element of drive-train)

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
11.2. Transmission
11.2.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of gear shift system(s) : See Annex 11.2.1
and its control
11.2.2. Diagram and or drawing of the transmission system : See Annex 11.2.2
11.2.3. Type of transmission : See Annex 11.2.3
11.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) : See Annex 11.2.4
11.2.5. Location relative to the engine : behind the engine
11.2.6. Method of control : See Annex 11.2.6
11.2.7. Transfer box : with
11.2.8. Type of gear shift system(s) : See Annex 11.2.6
11.3. Clutch (if any)
11.3.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its : See Annex 11.3.1
control system
11.3.2. Maximum torque conversion: 6095B: 751 N.m
6110B, 6120B: 908 N.m
6135B: 1085 N.m
11.4. Gear ratios : See Annex 11.4
11.5. Differential lock
11.5.1. Differential lock : yes
C. INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY
12. PROPULSION AND/OR DRIVE-TRAIN OUTPUT GOVERNORS
12.1. Number of speed governors 1
12.2. Nominal cut-off point No 1 :
12.2.1. Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts 4045HCP04 2260 +/-40 min-1
under load 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2222 +/-10 min-1
12.2.2. Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: 4045HCP04 2240 +50/-25 min-1
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10,
4045HCP11: 2370 +/-10 min-1
12.3. Nominal cut-off point No 2 :
12.3.1 Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts : n.a
under load
12.3.2. Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load : n.a
12.4. The stated purpose of governor(s) : maximum design vehicle speed

limitation， engine over-speed
protection
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
12.5. Adjustable speed limitation device complying with the : not applicable
requirements for N2- and N3-category vehicles set out in points
1 and 2, Part II point 13.2, Part III points 21.2 and 21.3, Annex 5
point 1 and Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 89 with relevant
documentation included in the information document:
13. STEERING
13.1. Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering : see Annex 13.1
geometry
13.2. Steering category : manual/power-assisted/servo
steering/differential
13.3. Transmission and control of steering
13.3.1. Configuration of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, : hydrostatic, with gerotorom (gear
if applicable) pump with internal gears) provides
steering control in case of malfunction
of hydraulic system or hydraulic pump
13.3.2. Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; Linkage to the wheels by means of
specify for front and rear, if applicable) hydraulic cylinder
13.3.2.1. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) : n.a
13.3.3. Method of assistance (if any) : pump
13.3.3.1. Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s) : Steering pump provide hydraulic oil
to steering valve which connected to
steering wheel, the working fluid go
through steering valve then go to
steering cylinder on front axle, which
turn the front wheels and thus reduce
the effort on the steering wheel.
13.3.4. Diagram of the steering equipment as a whole, showing the : The second section of tandem pump
position on the vehicle of the various devices influencing its mounted on the right side of engine
steering behaviour (for dry clutch version transmission) or
triple pump mounted inside
transmission case (for wet clutch
version transmission) is steering
pump. Steering pump delivered
hydraulic oil to steering valve which is
mounted inside front console of

operator station. Oil lines connect
UK
steering valve to steering cylinder
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
which is part of front axle. Oil flow
from steering valve to the double
acting steering cylinder when turning
the steering wheel which push the
cylinder moving toward left of right so
that the tractor wheels were also
turning left or right accordingly by the
linkages connected between steering
cylinder and wheels.
13.3.5. Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s) : see Annex 13.1
13.3.6. Range and method of adjustment of the steering control(s) : steering wheel adjustment range
height is 80 mm, the steering column
tilts and infinitely variable between 38
degrees and 71 degrees from
horizontal plane
13.3.7. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) : n.a
13.4. Maximum turning angle of the wheels (if fitted)
13.4.1. To the right: : inner wheel 48 degrees, outward 36
Number of steering wheel turns degrees number of steering wheel
revolutions 2 traffic
13.4.2. To the left : inner wheel 48 degrees, outward 36
Number of steering wheel turns degrees number of steering wheel

revolutions 2 traffic
13.5. Minimum turning circle (without braking)
13.5.1 To the right : see Annex 13.5
13.5.2 To the left : see Annex 13.5
13.5.3. Method of power assistance (if any) : hydrostatic power assisted
13.5.3.1. Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s) : see Annex 13.5.3.1
13.6. Steering for fast (‘b’ speed index) T-category vehicles
13.6.1. Requirements under sections 2, 5 and 6 and in Annexes 4 and 6 : yes/no/not applicable
to UNECE Regulation No 79 are met with relevant
documentation included in the information document
13.6.2. Requirements on steering effort as set out in section 6 of : yes/no/not applicable
UNECE Regulation No 79 for N2-category vehicles are met with
relevant documentation included in the information document
13.6.3. Requirements under ISO 10998:2008 are met with relevant : yes/no/not applicable
UK
documentation included in the information document Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
13.7. Complex electronic control systems that affect the steering
function
13.7.1. Requirements under Annex 6 to UNECE Regulation No 79 are : yes/no/not applicable
met by the complex electronic vehicle control systems that affect
the steering function, with relevant documentation included in
the information document
14. SPEEDOMETER, ODOMETER, TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER
14.1. Speedometer
14.1.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the complete system : Sensor, ECU, display
14.1.2. Vehicle speed range displayed : 1KPH~30/40KPH
14.1.3. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the speedometer : ±5%
14.1.4. Technical constant of the speedometer : Constant with 0.1 accuracy
14.1.5. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism : Hall effect sensor measure gear
rotating speed, sensor signal been
send to ECU then calculate vehicel
speed and show it on display LCD.
14.1.6. Overall transmission ratio of the drive mechanism : 41.719
14.1.7. Design of the instrument dial or of the other forms of read-out : Digital on LCD
14.1.8. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components : Sensor, ECU, display
14.2. Odometer : n.a
14.2.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the odometer: : n.a
14.2.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: : n.a
14.3. Tachometer
14.3.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the tachometer : ±1.5%
14.3.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism : VR speed sensor measure gear
rotating speed, sensor signal been
send to ECU then calculate engine
speed and show it on display dial
gauge..
14.4. Hour meter
14.4.1. Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the hour meter : ±0.1%
14.4.2. Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism : Display start to timing when engine
runing internally, hour show on display
LCD.
15. FIELD OF VISION
15.1. Drawing(s) and/or photograph(s) showing the location of : see Annex 15.1
UK
component parts within the 180 o forward field of vision : Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
15.2. Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 are met with relevant : see Annex 15.2
15.3. Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 are met with relevant : see Annex 15.2
16. WINDSCREEN WIPERS AND WASHERS AND DEFROSTING AND DEMISTING
16.1. Windscreen wipers Yes, Cab version only
16.1.1. Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013 are met with relevant :?
16.1.2. Alternatively to entry 16.1.1, provide a detailed technical : see Annex 16.1.2
description (including photographs or drawings) and the number
and frequency of its operation
16.2. Windscreen washer Yes, Cab version only
16.2.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or : see Annex 16.2.1
drawings):
16.2.2. Capacity of the reservoir: 1.8L
16.3. Defrosting and demisting none
16.3.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or : see Annex 16.3.1
drawings)
16.3.2. Maximum electrical consumption 30W
17. GLAZING
17.1. The following requirements under UNECE Regulation 43 are : yes
met with the relevant documentation included in the information

document
17.2. Alternatively to entry 17.1, provide the following information
17.2.1. Data for quick identification of Driver's eyes reference point : n.a
17.2.2. in the case of glazing other than windscreens, drawings in a : n.a
format not exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing: the
maximum area, the smallest angle between two adjacent sides
of the glass pane and the maximum height of segment, if any
17.2.3. Windscreen(s) : n.a
17.2.3.1. Material(s) used : n.a
17.2.3.2. Method of fitting : n.a
17.2.3.3. Rake angle(s) : n.a
17.2.3.4. Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are : n.a
fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic

components
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
17.2.3.5. Drawing on a scale 1:10 and diagrams of the windscreens and : n.a
their installation in the tractor in sufficient detail to show:
17.2.3.5.1. the position of the windscreen relative to the Driver's eyes : n.a
reference point;
17.2.3.5.2. the rake angle of the windscreen; : n.a
17.2.3.5.3. the position and size of the zone in which the optical qualities : n.a
are verified and, where appropriate, the area subjected to
differential toughening;
17.2.3.5.4. the developed area of the windscreen; : n.a
17.2.3.5.5. the maximum height of segment of the windscreen; and : n.a
17.2.3.5.6. the curvature of the windscreen (for windscreen-grouping : n.a
purposes only);
17.2.3.6. in the case of double glazing, drawings in a format not : n.a
exceeding A4 or folded to that format, showing, in addition to the
information referred to in entry 17.2.2: the type of each
constituent glass pane, the type of bonding (organic, glass-glass
or glass-metal) and the nominal thickness of the gap between
the two glass panes.
17.2.4. Window(s) : n.a
17.2.4.1. Position(s) : n.a
17.2.4.2 Material(s) used : n.a
of the window operating
Mechanism :
17.2.5. Opening roof glazing : n.a
17.2.5.1. Position(s) : n.a
17.2.5.2. Materials used : n.a
of the roof glazing operating mechanism
17.2.6. Other glass panes
17.2.6.1. Position(s): : Front handrail
17.2.6.2. Materials used: : Safety glass
of the other glass panes operating mechanism
18. REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
18.1. Number and class(es) of the mirrors: : 1 for OOS models, 2 for CAB models
UK
18.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 46 are met with the : yes Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
18.3. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No are met with the : yes
18.4. Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the : see Annex 18.4
position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure
18.5. Details of the method of attachment including that part of the : Fixed by bolts,
vehicle structure to which it is attachment see Annex 18.5
18.6. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components of the : n.a
adjustment system
18.7 Technical description of the defrosting and demisting system of : n.a
the mirrors
18.8. Optional equipment that might restrict the field of vision to the : n.a
rear
18.9. Field of vision for rear view mirror(s) of class II
18.9.1. Complies with point 5.1 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated : yes, see test report for detail.
Regulation (EU) 2015/208
18.9.2. Alternatively to entry 18.9.1, requirements under ISO 5721- : yes
2:2014 are met with relevant documentation included in the
information document
19. DEVICES FOR INDIRECT VISION OTHER THAN MIRRORS (OPTIONAL)
19.1. Type and characteristics (such as a complete description of the : n.a.
device)
19.2. In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance : n.a.
(mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display
performance (black and white/colour ), image repetition
frequency, luminance reach of the monitor
19.3. Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, : n.a.
including installation Instructions
19.4. Requirements under ISO 5721-2:2014 are met with relevant : n.a
20. DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
20.1. Requirements under ISO 15077:2008 Annex B on operator : no
controls associated with virtual terminals are met with relevant
21. INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING, LIGHT-SIGNALLING DEVICES, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC

SWITCHING OF LIGHTING
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
21.1. List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, : See Annex 21.1
component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the
main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale); the
list may include several types of device for each function; in
addition, the list may include in respect of each function the
additional annotation ‘or equivalent devices’
21.2. A diagram of the lighting and signalling installation as a whole, : See Annex 21.2
showing the position of the various devices on the vehicle
21.3. Dimensioned sketches of the exterior of the vehicle showing the : See Annex 21.2
location of the lighting and light-signalling devices, number and
colour of lights
21.4. For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information
21.4.1. Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface : See Annex 21.4.1
21.4.2. Method used to define the apparent surface : Maximum LENS boundary
21.4.3. Axis of reference and centre of reference : See Annex 21.4.1
21.4.4. Method of operation of concealable lamps : n.a
21.5. Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. : continuously manually adjustable
automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually
adjustable)
21.5.1. Control device : by screws
21.5.2. Reference marks : n.a
21.5.3. Marks assigned for loading conditions : n.a
21.6. For R- and S-category vehicles, description of the power : n.a
connection for lighting and light- signalling devices
21.7. Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components : 12 V DC power supply
used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system
22. VEHICLE OCCUPANT PROTECTION, INCLUDING INTERIOR FITTINGS AND OTHER WEATHER
PROTECTION ARRANGEMENTS
22.1. Bodywork
22.1.1. Materials used and methods of construction : Steel and Rubber
22.2. Burning rate of cab material
22.2.1. Burning rate not exceeding the maximum rate of 150 mm/min in : yes
accordance with the requirements under ISO 3795:1989 with Test according to GB/T 20953-2007
the relevant documentation included in the information D-0 mm/min
document
22.3. Interior protection for occupants

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
22.3.1. Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior : see Annex 22.3.1
fittings, showing the parts in the passenger compartment and
the materials used (with the exception of interior rear view
mirrors), arrangement of controls, seats and their rear parts,
head restraints, roof and opening roof, doors and window
winders and other non-specified fittings
22.3.2. For vehicles equipped with steering wheel and bench seats or : no
bucket seats in more than one row, environment of the rear
passenger seats, if fitted, complying with Annex XVII to
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014
22.4. Head restraint(s)
22.4.1. Provided : no
22.4.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation 25 are met with the : no
22.4.3. Type : n.a
22.4.4. Detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular : n.a
the nature of the padding material or materials and, where
applicable, the position and specifications of the braces and
anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which approval is
sought
22.4.5. In the case of a‘separate’ head restraint : n.a
22.4.5.1. Detailed description of the structural zone to which the head : n.a
restraint is intended to be fixed
22.4.5.2. Scale drawings of the significant parts of the structure and the : n.a
head restraint
22.5. Foot rests
22.5.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the operating space showing : see Annex 22.5.1
the true, effective number, location and dimensions of the
footrests
22.6. Other weather protection arrangements
22.6.1. Description (Including photographs and drawings) : n.a
22.6.2. Internal and external dimensions : n.a
23. VEHICLE EXTERIOR AND ACCESSORIES
23.1. General arrangement (drawing or photographs accompanied if : see Annex 23.1
necessary by dimensional details and/or text) indicating the

position of the attached sections and views, of any parts of the
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
exterior surface which can be regarded as critical for external
projections, for example, and where relevant: bumpers, floor
line, door and window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille,
windscreen wipers, rain gutter channels, handles, slide rails,
flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, eyes, winches, decorative
trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other parts of the
exterior surface which can be regarded as critical with regard to
the risk or seriousness of bodily injury to a person hit by the
external surface or brushing against it in the event of a collision
(e.g. lighting equipment)
23.2. A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, : see Annex 23.1
of the vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the
relevant reference lines and the constituent materials of the
frontal part of the vehicle (interior and exterior), including detail
of any active pedestrian protection system installed
23.3. Drawing of the floor line : see Annex 23.3
24. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
24.1. Schedule describing all projected combinations of relevant : See the relevant information below
vehicle electrical/electronic systems or ESAs, body styles ,
variations in body material, general wiring arrangements, engine
variations, left-hand/right-hand drive versions and wheelbase
versions
24.2. Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 are met with the : yes
24.3. Requirements under ISO 14982:1998 are met with relevant : yes
24.4. Alternatively to entry 24.2 or entry 24.3, provide the following
information
24.4.1. Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and : see Annex 24.4.1
constituent materials of the part of the body forming the engine
compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment
24.4.2. Drawings or photographs of the position of the metal : n.a ？？？？？？
components housed in the engine compartment (e.g. heating
appliances, spare wheel, air filter, steering mechanism, etc.):
24.4.3. Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment : n.a
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
24.4.4. Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, : See Annex 24.4.4
and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal
resistance per metre
25. AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICE(S)
25.1. Component type-approval for an audible warning device granted : yes
according to the requirements for N-category vehicles in the
UNECE Regulation No 28 with relevant documentation included
in the information document
25.2. Summary description of device(s) used: : disk horn
25.3. Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning : See Annex 25.3
device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle:
25.4. Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the : Bolt connection
vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are)
attached
25.5. Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram :
25.5.1. Voltage : 12V DC
25.5.2. Rated voltage or air pressure : 800 kPa
25.6. Drawing of the mounting device : See Annex 25.3
26. HEATING SYSTEM AND AIR-CONDITIONING
26.1. Heating system tested in accordance with section 8 of ISO : yes (for CAB version only)
14269-2:1997 and test reports are included in the information
document
26.2. Air-conditioning system tested in accordance with section 9 of : yes
ISO 14269-2:1997 and test reports are included in the
26.3. Alternatively to entries 26.1 to 26.2, requirements under UNECE : n.a
Regulation 122 for vehicles of for N-category are met with the
relevant documentation included in the information document:
26.4. Heating system : yes
26.4.1. Overall drawing of the heating system giving its location on the : see Annex 26.4.1
vehicle (and the arrangement of the sound damping devices
(including the position of the heat exchange points))
26.4.2. Overall drawing of the heat-exchanger used in systems utilising : n.a
the heat from the exhaust gases, or of the parts where that
exchange takes place (in the case of heating systems using the
heat provided by the engine cooling air)
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
26.4.3. Sectional drawing of the heat-exchanger or parts where heat : see Annex 26.4.1, 26.4.3, core
exchange takes place, together with a statement of the wall thickness 38.1mm,copper tube and
thickness, of the materials used and the characteristics of their aluminum fins.
surface
26.4.4. Specifications regarding the method of manufacture and Blower, SPAL, 3,400rpm,17.5A.
technical data relating to other major components of the heating
system, such as the fan
26.5. Air-conditioning : Yes, cab version only
26.5.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of air-conditioning and : see Annex 26.5.1, controls adjust air
its control system flow speed and air temperature.
26.5.2. Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system : R134a
27. DEVICES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORISED USE
27.1. For T- and C-category vehicles
27.1.1. Requirements under UNECE Regulation 62 are met with the : n.a
relevant documentation included in the information document:
27.1.2. Relevant requirements as prescribed for N2-category vehicles in : n.a
points 2, 5 except point 5.6, 6.2 and 6.3, under UNECE
Regulation No 18 are met with the relevant documentation
included in the information document
27.1.3. Alternatively to entry 27.1.1 or entry 27.1.2, provide the following
information
27.1.3.1. Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the : a start switch with a removable
protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its key
installation See Annex 27.1.3.1
27.1.3.2. List of the main components comprising the protective device(s) : See Annex 27.1.3.2
27.2. For R- and S-category vehicles
27.2.1. Detailed description, including photographs or drawings, of the : n.a.
protective device(s) and of the vehicle parts involved in its
installation
27.2.1.1. List of the main components comprising the protective device(s) : n.a.
28. REGISTRATION PLATE(S) SPACE
28.1. Location of registration plate(s) (indicate variants where : see Annex 28.1
necessary; drawings may be used as appropriate)
28.1.1. Height above road surface, upper edge : see Annex 28.1
28.1.2. Height above road surface, lower edge : see Annex 28.1
28.1.3. Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of : 676 mm
UK
the vehicle Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
28.1.4. Dimensions (length × width): : 308mm x 224mm
28.1.5. Inclination of the plane to the vertical : 0 degree.
28.1.6. Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane : 90 degree.
29. BALLAST MASSES
29.1. Detailed technical description (including photographs or : Gray iron, casting, Bolt connection to
drawings with dimensions) of the ballast the vehicle
masses and how they are mounted on the tractor: See Annex 29
29.1. Number of sets of ballast masses: :1
29.1.1. Number of components on each set: : See Annex 29
29.2. Mass of the components on each set: : See Annex 29
29.2.1. Total mass of each set: : See Annex 29
29.3. Total mass of ballast masses: : See Annex 29
29.3.1. Distribution of these masses among the axles: : See Annex 29
29.4. Material(s) and method of construction: : cast iron, casting
30. SAFETY OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
30.1. Brief description of the power circuit components installation and : Routing meet JD standard
drawings/photographs showing the location of the power circuit With battery cutoff switch and main
components installation fuse to protection.
30.2. Schematic diagram of all electrical functions included in power : see Annex 30.2
circuit
30.3. Working voltage(s) (V) : 12v dc
30.4. Description of protection against electric-shocks : High capacity battery
30.5. Fuse and/or circuit breaker : Yes
30.5.1. Diagram showing the functional range : 5~125A
30.6. Configuration of power wiring harness : Positive/negative/alternator cable
30.7. Generator
30.7.1. Type: : BOSCH C3 alternator with diode
rectifier
30.7.2. Rated power: : 14V 90A
30.8. All-electric vehicles
30.8.1. For all-electric T2-, T3-, C2- or C3-category vehicles, : n.a
requirements of Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) No 3/2014 are met, with relevant documentation included
30.9. Battery isolator
30.9.1. Disconnection of the battery by : switch

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
31. FUEL TANK(S)
31.1. Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with : See Annex 31
connections and lines of the breathing and venting system,
locks, valves, fastening devices
31.2. Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle : See Annex 31
31.3. Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust device : n.a
31.4. Main fuel tank(s)
31.4.1. Maximum capacity : 150L for 6095B
220L for 6110B, 6120B, 6135B
31.4.2. Materials used : LLDPE
31.4.3. Fuel tank inlet : restricted orifice/label
31.4.4. Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any) : n.a
31.5. Reserve fuel tank(s)
31.5.1. Maximum capacity : n.a
31.5.2. Materials used : n.a
31.5.3. Fuel tank inlet : n.a
31.5.4. Measure(s) for charge dissipation (if any) : n.a
32. LATERAL AND REAR PROTECTION
32.1. Lateral protection
32.1.1. Presence : n.a
32.1.2. Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e. : n/a
drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting

of the axle(s), drawing of the mountings and/or the fittings of
lateral protection device(s). If the lateral protection is achieved
ithout lateral protection device(s) the drawing shall clearly show
that the required dimensions are met
32.1.3. Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle lateral : n/a
32.1.4. Drawings of the necessary sections through the external surface : n/a
to measure the height (H) of the external surface projections in
accordance with Appendix 1 to Annex XXVII to Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208
32.1.5. In the case of lateral protection device(s), full description and/or : n/a
drawing of such device(s) (including mountings and fittings) or
its/their component type-approval number(s)
32.1.5.1. Materials used n/a
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
32.1.5.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, : n/a
including torque requirements, for fitting
32.1.6. Requirements under points 2 and 3 and Parts I, II and III of : n/a
UNECE Regulation No 73 are met with relevant documentation
32.2. Rear protective structure
32.2.1. Presence : no
32.2.2. Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the rear protective : n/a
structure, i.e. drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position
and mounting of the widest rear axle, drawing of the mounting
and/or fitting of the rear protective structure. If the rear
protective structure is not a special device, the drawing shall

clearly show that the required dimensions are met
32.2.3. Drawing of the floor line at the vehicle rear end : n/a
32.2.4. In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the : n/a
rear protective structure (including mountings and fittings), or, if
approved as separate technical unit, type-approval number
32.2.4.1. Materials used : n/a
32.2.4.2. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, : n/a
including torque requirements, for fitting
33. LOAD PLATFORM(S)
33.1. Load platform(s) dimensions
33.1.1. Length of the load platform(s) : n/a
33.1.2. Width of load platform(s) : n/a
33.1.3. Height of load platform(s) above the ground : n/a
33.2. Safe load carrying capacity of load platform(s) declared by : n/a
manufacturer
33.2.1. Distribution of this (these) load(s) among the axles : n/a
33.3. For T- and C-category vehicles, detachable platform(s) : no
33.3.1. Description of the devices for attachment to the vehicle : n/a
33.4. Stability of the load platform n/a
33.4.1. Position of centre of gravity of the platform(s) in the longitudinal, : n/a
transverse and vertical direction
33.4.2. For vehicles with multiple load platforms, position of the centre : n/a
of gravity of the vehicle with loaded platform(s) and without

driver in the longitudinal, transverse and vertical direction
UK
34. FRONT TOWING DEVICE (T-AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES) Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
34.1. Dimensioned drawing of the front towing device and of the : See Annex 34.1
securing device
34.2. For vehicles equipped with a maximum technically permissible : no
mass not exceeding 2 000 kg, requirements of Commission
(EU) Regulation No 1005/2010 are met, with the relevant
35. TYRES
35.1. Type-approved in accordance with Annex XXX to Commission : yes/no/not applicable
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208
35.2. Type-approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No : yes/no/not applicable
661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
35.3. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 106 : yes
35.4. Approved in accordance with UNECE Regulation No 30 : yes/no/not applicable
36. SPRAY-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
36.1. Wheel guards
36.1.1. Vehicle fitted with wheel guards : yes/no
36.1.2. Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards : Front-with steel wheel guard
Rear-with steel wheel guard
36.1.3. Detailed drawings of the wheel guards and their position on the : See Annex 36.1.3
vehicle showing the dimensions and taking account of the
extremes of tyre/wheel combinations:
36.2. Other spray-suppression devices
36.2.1. Presence : yes/no/incomplete
36.2.2. Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray- : n.a
suppression system and the constituent components
36.2.3. Detailed drawings of the spray-suppression system and its : n.a
position on the vehicle showing the dimensions and taking
account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations:
37. CRAWLER UNDERCARRIAGE
(provide also entry 4.1.2.3)
37.1. Photographs and dimensioned drawings of the arrangement of : n.a.
the crawler undercarriage and its installation on the vehicle

(including the elements inside of track belts to ensure that the
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
track belt is guided over the rollers and the track pattern in the
outside)
37.2. Type of material in contact with the surface : rubber tracks/steel tracks/rubber
pads on the track shoes
37.3. Metallic tracks
37.3.1. Number of track rollers directly transferring load onto the road : n.a.
surface (NR)
37.3.2. Outer surface area of each pad (AP) : n.a.
37.4. Rubber tracks
37.4.1. Total surface area of rubber lugs in contact with the road (AL) : n.a.
37.4.2. Percentage of lug area versus the total surface of the belt : n.a.
38. MECHANICAL COUPLING
38.1. Photographs and dimensional drawings of the mechanical : See Annex 38.1
coupling, its installation on the vehicle and its coupling with the
device installed on the towed vehicle
38.1.1. Rear mechanical coupling : yes
38.1.2. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles) : no
38.2. Short technical description of the mechanical coupling
specifying the type of construction and the material used
38.2.1. Rear mechanical coupling : See Annex 38.1
38.2.2. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles) : n.a
38.3. Rear mechanical coupling
Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex Drawbar
XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):
Make: Johndeere
Manufacturer's type designation: DB6B
(EU) type-approval mark or -number: n.a
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value : 8000 kg / 62.7 kN
Towable mass (T) : 32
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point : 1900 kg
Position of height above ground, minimum 6095B: 452 mm
coupling 6110B, 6120B, 6135B: 512 mm
point maximum 6095B: 452 mm
6110B, 6120B, 6135B: 512 mm
distance from vertical plane passing minimum 812
through the axis of the rear axle maximum 1112

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
38.4. Front coupling device (for R- and S-category vehicles) : n.a.
Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex
XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2015/208):
Make:
Manufacturer's type designation:
(EU) type-approval mark or -number:
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value : … kg/kN … kg/kN … kg/kN
Towable mass (T) : … tonnes … tonnes … tonnes
Maximum permissible vertical load on the … kg … kg … kg

coupling point :
Position of height above minimum … mm … mm … mm
coupling ground, maximum … mm … mm … mm

point
38.5. Description of the mechanical coupling :
Type (according to Appendix 1 to Annex
XXXIV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/208):
Make: Johndeere
Manufacturer's type designation: DB6B
(EU) type-approval mark or -number: n.a
Maximum horizontal load/D-Value : 8000 kg / 62.7 kN
Towable mass (T) : 32
Maximum permissible vertical load on the coupling point (S) 1900 kg
Photographs and scale drawings of the coupling device. These See Annex 38.1
drawings shall in particular show the required dimensions in detail as
well as the measurements for mounting the device.
Short technical description of the coupling device specifying the type Alloy Steel drawbar + Cast iron Hammer
of construction and the material used. Strap
Type of Test Static
(EU) type-approval mark or -number of n.a
— drawbar eyes, coupling heads or similar coupling devices that shall
be See attachment to the mechanical coupling (in the case of

hinged or rigid drawbars)
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
— type-approval mark or -number of mechanical couplings that shall
be See attachment to the ladder frame/trailer hitch support (if
restricted to certain types):
38.6. Component type-approval for a mechanical coupling granted : yes/no/not applicable
under UNECE Regulation No 55, with relevant documentation
39. THREE-POINT LIFTING MECHANISM
39.1. Three-point lifting mechanism : front mounted/rear mounted/both
front and rear mounted/ inexistent
39.2. Maximum towable mass : 10000 kg
40. ADDITIONAL COUPLING POINTS
40.1. Additional coupling points: : no
40.2. Detailed technical description (including photographs or : n.a
drawings) and main purpose(s) of the additional coupling points
40.3. Maximum permissible vertical load on the additional coupling : n.a
points:
D. INFORMATION ON BRAKING PERFORMANCE
41. SUSPENSION
41.1. Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its : See Annex 41.1
control system for of each axle or group of axles or wheel
41.2. Drawing of the suspension arrangements : See Annex 41.1
41.3. Level adjustment : no
41.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components : no
41.5. Air-suspension for driving axle(s) : no
41.5.1. Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension : no
41.5.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass : n.a
41.6. Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s) : no
41.6.1. Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension : no
41.6.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass : n.a
41.7. Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, : see Annex 41.7
characteristics of the materials and dimensions)
41.8. Vehicle equipped with hydro-pneumatic/hydraulic/pneumatic : no

suspension
41.9. Stabilisers : no
41.10. Shock absorbers : no
41.11. Other devices (if any) : no

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
42. AXLE(S) AND TYRES
42.1. Description (including photographs and drawings) of the axle(s) :
42.2. Material(s) and method of construction Rear alxe: 40MnB
42.3. Make (where appropriate) Fornt axle: DANA
Rear axle: JohnDeere
42.4. Type (where appropriate) Fornt axle: See Annex 42.1
Rear axle: JD 6B
42.5. Maximum permissible mass supported by the axle(s) Fornt axle: 3000kg (733)
Fornt axle: 2300kg (AG105)
Rear axle: 5000kg
42.6. Axle(s) dimensions
42.6.1. Length : See Annex 42.1
42.6.2. Width : See Annex 42.1
42.7. Braking connection to the axle(s): Front axle: n.a
Rear axle: axial
42.8. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on braked axles : see Annex 42.8
42.8.1. Nominal rolling circumference of the largest tyres on braked : see Annex 42.8
axles
42.8.2. Dimensions of the largest permissible tyres on powered axles: : see Annex 42.8
42.8.3. Nominal rolling circumference of the of the largest tyres on : see Annex 42.8
powered axles:.
43. BRAKING
43.1. Brief description of the braking system(s) installed on the vehicle : Effective on rear axle,
Vmax.≤40km/h
43.2. Specifications of the vehicle with respect to the control circuits of : n.a.
the pneumatic and/or electric control lines of the braking
system(s) and a list of the supported messages and parameters
43.3. Braking system(s) interface complying with ISO 11992-1:2003 : n.a.
including the physical layer, the data link layer and the
application layer and the respective position of supported
messages and parameters
43.4. Braking system(s)
43.4.1. Description of the braking system(s) operation (including any : disc, wet type, Mechanical (latch
electronic parts), electric block diagram, hydraulic or pneumatic on pedals)

circuit plan
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
43.4.2 Schematic drawing and operating sketch of the braking : See Annex43.4.1
system(s) :
43.4.3. List of braking-system components, properly identified : See Annex43.4.1
43.4.4. Technical explanation on the calculation for the braking : See Annex43.4.4.
system(s) (determination of the ratio of the total braking forces at
the circumference of the wheels to the force applied to the
braking control)
43.4.5. External energy source(s) (if any) (characteristics, capacity of : n.a
energy reservoirs, maximum and minimum pressure, pressure
gauge and minimum-pressure warning device on the dashboard,
vacuum reservoirs and supply valve, supply compressors,
compliance with provisions regarding
pressure equipment)
43.4.6. Electronic braking system: : no
43.4.7. Type-I test report number(s), in accordance with Annex VII to : n.a
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/68 (if applicable)
43.5. Braking transmission
43.5.1. Braking transmission : mechanical
43.5.2. Transmission technology: : pneumatic/hydraulic/both pneumatic
and hydraulic
43.5.3. Locking of left and right braking controls: : Mechanical (latch on pedals)
43.6. Towed vehicle braking devices : n.a
43.6.1. Towed vehicle braking control system technology : n.a
43.6.2. Towed vehicle-brake actuating device (description, : n.a
characteristics)
43.6.3. Description of the connectors, couplings and safety devices : n.a
(including drawings, sketches and the identification of any
electronic parts)
43.6.4. Connections type: : no
43.6.4.1. Supply pressure Hydraulic : n.a
43.6.4.2 Supply pressure Pneumatic : n.a
43.6.5. Presence of ISO 7638:2003 connector : n.a
43A. TOWED VEHICLE AXLE AND BRAKE INFORMATION : n.a
DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE ALTERNATIVE TYPE I
AND TYPE III PROCEDURE
E. INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

UK
44. CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
44.1. Description of overall quality-assurance management systems : ISO 90001
45. ACCESS TO VEHICLE ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) AND VEHICLE REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
45.1. Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and : no
maintenance information
45.2. In the case of multi-stage type-approval, address of principal : n.a.
website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance
information from manufacturer(s) at previous stage(s)
45.3. Relevant information to enable the development of replacement : yes/no
components which are critical to the correct functioning of the
OBD system provided:
45.4 Annual worldwide production of a type :
45.5. Proof(s) of compliance that vehicle repair and maintenance
information is provided using only open text and graphic formats
or formats which can be viewed and printed using only standard
software plug-ins that are freely available, easy to install, and
which run with computer operating systems commonly in use.
45.5.1. Keywords in the metadata conform to ISO 15031-2:2010 (Road : yes/no
vehicles . Communication between vehicle and external
equipment for emissions-related diagnostics . Part 2: Guidance
on terms, definitions, abbreviations and acronyms):
45.6. Reprogramming of control units in accordance with point 2.5 of

Appendix 1 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) No 1322/2014
45.6.1. Reprogramming of control units conducted in accordance with: : /SAE J2534/TMC RP1210/other
non-proprietary software (if other
non-proprietary software, specify: )
45.6.1.1. Proprietary software: : yes/no
45.6.1.2. ISO 22900-2 (Road vehicles . Modular vehicle communication : yes/no
interface (MVCI) . Part 2: Diagnostic protocol data unit
application programming interface (D-PDU API))
45.6.1.3. SAE J2534 (Recommended practice for pass-thru vehicle : yes/no
programming)
45.6.1.4. TMC RP1210 (API): : yes/no
45.6.1.5. Other non-proprietary software : yes/no (if other non-proprietary

software, specify: )
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
45.6.2. Compatibility validation of manufacturer-specific application and : independently developed VCIs/loan
vehicle communication interfaces (VCIs) is made by of special hardware
45.6.3. In-vehicle communication and communication between ECUs
and diagnostic service according to standard
45.6.3.1. SAE J1939-13 (Serial control and communications vehicle : yes/no
network)
45.6.3.2. ISO 11783-2 (Tractors and machinery for agriculture and : yes/no
forestry-Serial control and communications data network)
45.6.3.3. ISO 15031-3 (Road vehicles – Communication between vehicle : yes/no
and external equipment for emissions-related diagnostics)
45.6.3.4. ISO 13400-4 (Road vehicles – Diagnostic communication over : yes/no

Internet Protocol (DoIP))
45.7. Information required for the manufacture of diagnostic tools
45.7.1. The vehicle manufacturer uses diagnostic and test tools in : yes/no/not applicable (if not
accordance with ISO 22900-2:2009 (Road vehicles . Modular applicable: specify reasons:.....)
vehicle communication interface (MVCI) . Part 2: Diagnostic
protocol data unit application programming interface (D-PDU
API)) and ISO 22901-2:2011 (Road vehicles . Open diagnostic
data exchange (ODX) . Part 2: Emissions-related diagnostic
data) in their franchised networks
45.7.2. ODX files are accessible to independent operators via the : yes/no/not applicable (if not
manufacturer's website applicable: specify reasons:.....)
45.7.3. Communication protocol information as laid down in point 1.1 of : yes/no/not applicable (if not
Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation applicable: specify reasons:.....)
(EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's
repair information websites
45.7.4. Information required for the test and diagnosis of OBD : yes/no/not applicable (if not
monitored components as laid down in point 1.2 of Appendix 2 applicable: specify reasons:.....)
to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No
1322/2014 is made available through manufacturer's repair
information websites
45.7.5. Data required to perform the repair as laid down in point 1.3 of : yes/no/not applicable (if not
Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation applicable: specify reasons:.....)
(EU) No 1322/2014 are made available through manufacturer's

repair information websites
UK
45.8. Repair and maintenance information of vehicle combinations Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
45.8.1 The vehicle manufacturer recommends the combination of a : yes/no
type of tractor with a type of R or S category vehicle or vice
versa
45.8.2. Vehicles for which the combination is recommended : n.a.
45.8.2.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer) : n.a.
45.8.2.2. Type : n.a.
45.8.2.2.1. Variant(s) : n.a.
45.8.2.2.2. Version(s) : n.a.
45.8.2.3. Commercial name(s) (if available) : n.a.
45.8.2.4. Category, subcategory and speed index of the vehicle : n.a.
45.8.3. Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information : yes/no
related to the interconnectivity of both vehicles provided through
a website set up jointly by several manufacturers or a
consortium of manufacturers
45.8.3.1. Address of the website set up jointly by several manufacturers or : n.a.
a consortium of manufacturers
46. ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
46.1. Equipment of ROPS : standard
46.2. ROPS by cab: by frame
oos:by roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear
46.2.1. In the case of roll bar : n.a
46.2.2. In the case of foldable roll bar : foldable
46.2.2.1. Folding operation : non-assisted
46.2.2.2. In case of non-assisted or partially assisted folding operation
46.2.2.2.1. Hand-operated foldable ROPS : without tools
46.2.2.2.2. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the : See Annex 46.2.2.2.2
grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible
zones. Dimensions and maximum forces for actuating the ROPS
must figure on the drawings
46.2.2.3. In case of partially assisted or fully assisted folding operation, : n.a
brief description of the assistance devices as well as of their
control devices, if any, and their location
46.2.2.4. Locking mechanism : manual
46.2.2.4.1. For manual locking mechanisms, brief description of the locking :For each side of ROPS,use 2 pins to
mechanism and of its ergonomic design to avoid pinching or connect and lock the upper and down
shearing hazards and to limit the force required for its operation sections of ROPS.
UK
46.2.2.4.2. For automatic locking mechanisms : n.a Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
46.2.2.4.2.1. Brief description of the locking mechanism, its control devices, if : n.a
any, and their location
46.2.2.4.2.2. Manufacturers' certificate set out in Note 2 of point 5.5. of Part : n.a
B3 of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No
1322/2014
46.3. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the : See Annex 46.3
position of the ROPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), the
details of mountings and position of the front part of the tractor
capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if necessary)
etc. (in the case of front-mounted foldable ROPS, show the
grasping area and a lateral and top view of the accessible
zones). The main dimensions must figure on the drawings,
including external dimensions of tractor with protective structure
fitted and main interior dimensions
46.4. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising :
46.4.1. Type of construction CAB: 4 post frame
OOS: 2 post ROPS foldable
46.4.2. Details of mountings CAB: isolated
OOS: fixed,no isolators
46.4.3. Details of the front part of the tractor capable of supporting the : n.a
tractor when overturned (if necessary)
46.4.4. Additional frame : n.a
46.5. Dimensions
46.5.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP) CAB: 892 mm
OOS: 1024.2 mm
46.5.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate CAB: 1399 mm
OOS: 1570.7 mm
46.5.3. Interior width of the protective structure vertically above the seat CAB: 1200 mm
index point at the level of centre of the steering wheel OOS: n.a
46.5.4. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the right-hand CAB: 645 mm
side of the protective structure OOS: n.a
46.5.5. Distance from the centre of the steering wheel to the left-hand CAB: 645 mm
side of the protective structure OOS: n.a
46.5.6. Minimum distance from the steering wheel rim to the protective CAB: 450 mm
structure OOS: n.a
46.5.7. Horizontal distance from the seat index point to the rear of the CAB: 493 mm
UK
protective structure above the seat index point: OOS: 480 mm Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
46.5.8. Position (with reference to the rear axle) of the front part of the : n.a
tractor capable of supporting the tractor when overturned (if
necessary)
46.5.8.1. Horizontal distance CAB: n.a
OOS: 2308.6/2496.1 mm
46.5.8.2. Vertical distance CAB: n.a
OOS: 845.7/795.7 mm
46.6. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective
structure and specifications of steels used
46.6.1. Main frame (parts . material . sizes) CAB: tube, Q345D
GB/T1591,DIN2395 60X30X4;
tube, Q345D GB/T1591,Lan695-1-

60X60X4;
tube, Q345D GB/T1591,3 mm
thickness;
sheet, Q345D GB/T1591,4.5/3 mm
thickness
OOS: posts,Q345D GB/T1591,6.4 mm
thickness
46.6.2. CAB: bracket,JDM 13C,20 mm
Mountings (parts . material . sizes) thickness
OOS: n.a
46.6.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts . sizes) CAB: 2 bolts, M24X3X100-10.9;
1 bolt, M20X2.5X110-10.9;
1 bolt, M20X2.5X90-10.9;
8 bolt, M16X2X50-10.9;
OOS: 8 pices bolts,M24X3X80-10.9,
per ISO 4017
46.6.4. Roof (parts . material . sizes) CAB: roof,LLDPE SK RG500U or
SMC,3.5 mm thickness
OOS: n.a
46.6.5. Cladding (if equipped) (parts . material . sizes) : n.a
46.6.6. Glass (if equipped) (parts . material . sizes) CAB: windshield,safety glass,5 mm
thickness;windows, safety glass,6 mm
thickness
OOS: n.a
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
46.6.7. Front part of the tractor capable of supporting the tractor when CAB: n.a
overturned (if necessary) (parts . material . sizes) OOS: bracket of water tank,DC01
steel,1.5 thickness
46.7. Alternatively to entries 46.1 to 46.6.7, provide the following : n.a
information:
46.7.1. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard : n.a
Code for the official testing of protective structures on
agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3,
Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided with relevant
agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8,
46.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard : yes
agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4,
Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective
structures on narrow-track wheeled agricultural and forestry
tractors, OECD Code 6, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided
with relevant documentation included in the information
document
46.7.5 Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard : n.a
Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective
tractors, OECD Code 7, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is provided
document
47. FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURES (FOPS)
47.1. T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications
47.1.1. Requirements under standard ISO 8083:2006, level I/level II on : no

FOPS are met with relevant documentation included in the
information document UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
47.2. All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with FOPS
47.2.1. Photographs and detailed technical drawings showing the : n.a
position of the FOPS, position of the seat index point (SIP), etc.
The main dimensions must figure on the drawings, including
external dimensions of tractor with protective structure fitted and
main interior dimensions:
47.2.2. Brief description of the protective structure, comprising : n.a
47.2.2.1. Type of construction : n.a
47.2.2.2. Details of mountings : n.a
47.2.3. Dimensions
47.2.3.1. Height of roof members above the seat index point (SIP) : n.a
47.2.3.2. Height of roof members above the tractor footplate : n.a
47.2.3.3. Overall height of the tractor with the protective structure fitted : n.a
47.2.3.4. Overall width of the protective structure (if mudguards are : n.a
included, this is to be stated)
47.2.4. Details of materials used in the construction of the protective : n.a
structure and specifications of steels used
47.2.4.1. Main frame (parts . material . sizes) : n.a
47.2.4.2. Mountings (parts . material . sizes) : n.a
47.2.4.3. Assembly and mounting bolts (parts . sizes) : n.a
47.2.4.4. Roof (parts . material . sizes) : n.a
47.2.5. Details of tractor manufacturer's reinforcements on original parts : n.a
47.2.6. Alternatively to entries 47.2.1 to 47.2.5, a complete test report : no
issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official
testing of falling object protective structures on agricultural and
forestry tractors, OECD Code 10, Edition 2015 of July 2014 is
provided with relevant documentation included in the information
document
48. DRIVER'S EXPOSURE TO NOISE LEVEL
48.1. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in : no

accordance with Test method 1, in accordance with point 2 of
Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No
1322/2014
48.2. T- or C-category (with rubber tracks) vehicles to be tested in : yno

accordance with Test method 2, in accordance with point 3 of
Annex XIII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No
UK
1322/2014: Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
48.3. C-category vehicles with steel tracks to be tested on a layer of : no

humid sand as specified by paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 6395:2008
(Earth-moving machinery . Determination of sound power level .
Dynamic test conditions):
48.4 Alternatively to entries 48.1 to 48.3, a complete test report : no

issued on the basis of the OECD standard Code for the official
measurement of noise at the driving position(s) on agricultural
and forestry tractors, OECD Code 5, Edition 2015 of July 2014,
is provided with relevant documentation included in the
information document:
49. SEATING POSITIONS (SADDLES AND SEATS)
49.1. Seating position configuration : seat
49.2. Coordinates or drawing of the Seat Reference point(s) (S) of all : See Annex 49.2
seating positions
49.3. Description and drawings of
49.3.1. The seats and their anchorages : See Annex 49.2
49.3.2. The adjustment system : See Annex 49.2
49.3.3. The displacement and locking systems : See Annex 49.2
49.3.4. The seat-belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure) : See Annex 49.2
49.3.5. The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages : See Annex 49.2
49.4. Driver's seat
49.4.1. Position of the driving seat : centre
49.4.2. Driver's seat type category DS44/1HB: category A class I, II and
III
MSG 85/721: category A class I, II
and III
49.4.3. Reversible driving position : no
49.4.3.1. Description of the reversible driving position : n.a
49.4.4. Dimensions of the driving seat, including the depth and width of : See Annex 49.2
the seat surface, the position and inclination of the backrest, as
well as the inclination of the seat surface
49.4.5. Main characteristics of the driving seat DS44/1HB: with armrest, material of
seat surface: PVC, longitudinal and
vertical adjustment of the seat
MSG85/721: with armrest, material of

seat surface: PVC, backrest,
UK
longitudinal and vertical adjustment
Approval of
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
the seat.
49.4.6. Adjustment system DS44/1HB: longitudinal and vertical
adjustment of the seat
MSG85/721: backrest, longitudinal
and vertical adjustment of the seat.
49.4.7. Displacement and locking system in the longitudinal and vertical : Mechanical lock
directions
49.4.7.1. In the case of vehicles not equipped with an adjustable seat, : n.a
indicate the displacement of the steering column and pedal(s)
49.5. Passenger seat(s)
49.5.1. Number of passenger seats : n.a
49.5.2. Location and arrangement : n.a
49.5.3. Dimensions of the passenger seat(s) : n.a
49.5.4. Main characteristics of the passenger seat(s) : n.a
49.5.5. Requirements under standard EN 15694:2009 are met with : yes/no/not applicable
49.5.6. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 on passenger : yes/no/not applicable

seats for ATV Type II vehicle are met with relevant
50. OPERATING SPACE AND ACCESS TO AND EXIT OF THE VEHICLE INCLUDING DOORS AND
WINDOWS
50.1. Operating space :n.a
50.1.1. Detailed photographs or drawings, including dimensions of the : see Annex 50.1.1
operating space, indicating in particular the position of the Seat
reference point (S) and the dimensions of the operating space
around it, the clearance between the base of the steering wheel
and the fixed parts of the tractor, the locations of the control
devices, rungs and necessary handrails
50.1.2. Hand-operated control devices have the minimum clearances : yes
required by point 4.5.3 of ISO 4254-1:2013 with relevant
50.2. Access to the driving position
50.2.1. Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, : see Annex 50.2.1
including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and
handholds
50.2.2. Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs

UK
50.2.2.1. Depth clearance : see Annex 50.2.1 Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
50.2.2.2. Width clearance : see Annex 50.2.1
50.2.2.3. Height clearance : see Annex 50.2.1
50.2.2.4. Distance between surface of two steps : see Annex 50.2.1
50.2.3. For C-category vehicles, requirements under section 3.3.5 of : n.a

Annex XV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No
1322/2014 are met with relevant documentation included in the
50.2.4. Handrails/handholds provided : yes
50.3. Access to other positions than the driving position n.a
50.3.1. Detailed photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view, n.a
including dimensions of entrances, steps, rungs, handrails and
handholds
50.3.2. Minimum dimensions of steps, integral foot recesses and rungs: n.a
50.3.2.1. Depth clearance n.a
50.3.2.2. Width clearance n.a
50.3.2.3. Height clearance n.a
50.3.2.4. Distance between surface of two steps n.a
50.3.3. Handrails/handholds provided n.a
50.4. Occupant doors, latches and hinges :n.a
50.4.1. Number of doors, and its configuration, dimensions and cab: 2 doors,LH door openable,RH
maximum angle of opening door openable or fixed,size 755X1442
mm,maximum angle of opening 72°

oos: n.a
50.4.2. Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors cab: see Annex 50.2.1
oos: n.a
50.4.3. Technical description of latches and hinges cab: metal latches,plastic hinges
oos: n.a
50.4.4. Vehicle doors, with powered windows and powered roof n.a
hatches, if fitted, complying with paragraphs 5.8.1 to 5.8.5 of
UNECE Regulation No 21
50.5. Windows and emergency exit(s) :n.a
50.5.1. Photographs or drawings and/or an exploded view of the cab: see Annex 50.2.1
arrangement of windows and emergency exits, as well as of any oos: n.a
additional means to facilitate the evacuation
50.5.2. Number of windows cab: 4 windows,3 emergency exits.

and of emergency exits oos: n.a
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
50.5.3. Dimensions of windows cab: front windshield 1136X948
and of emergency exits mm,LH&RH windows 630X757
mm,rear window 868X785
mm,LH&RH doors 755X1442 mm.
oos: n.a
50.5.4. Means to overcome differences in height exceeding 1 000 mm cab: LH&RH doors 755X1442 mm
to facilitate the evacuation, if fitted oos: n.a
51. POWER TAKE-OFF(S)
51.1. Number of power take-offs :1
51.2. Main power take-off
51.2.1. Position : rear of tractor
51.2.2. Revolutions per minute : min-1
51.2.2.1. Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine : See Annex 51.2.2
51.2.3. Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated : See Annex 51.2.2
speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code 2 or ISO 789-1:1990)
51.2.4. Power take-off guard (description, dimensions, drawings, : See Annex 51.2.4
photographs)
51.3. Secondary power take-off (if any) : n.a
51.3.1. Position : n.a
51.3.2. Revolutions per minute : n.a
51.3.2.1. Ratio of power take-off revolutions to that of the engine : n.a
51.3.3. Optional: Power at the power take-off (PTO) at the rated : n.a
speed(s) (in accordance with OECD Code)
51.3.4. Power take-off guard(s) (description, dimensions, drawings, : n.a
photographs)
51.4. Rear power take-off
51.4.1. Requirements under standard ISO 500-1:2014 are met with : yes
51.4.2. Requirements under standard ISO 500-2:2004 (narrow track : n.a
tractor) are met with relevant documentation included in the
51.5. Front power take-off : n.a
51.5.1. Requirements under standard ISO 8759-1:1998, with the : n.a
exception of its clause 4.2, are met with relevant documentation
52. PROTECTION OF DRIVE COMPONENTS, EXHAUST SYSTEM, GUARDS AND PROTECTIVE

UK
DEVICES Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
52.1. Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the
protection devices with dimensions showing the safety distances
for avoiding contact with dangerous parts and the protective
devices fitted for protection on dangerous points, at least for the
following components
52.1.1. Control devices : See Annex 52.1.1
52.1.2. Rear three point lifting mechanism : See Annex 52.1.2
52.1.3. Front three point lifting mechanism :n.a
52.1.4. Driving seat and environment : See Annex 52.1.4
52.1.5. Passenger seat(s) (if any) :n.a
52.1.6. Steering and swing axle : See Annex 52.1.6
52.1.7. Transmission shafts fixed on the tractor : Transmission shafts aren’t exposed
52.1.8. Clearance zone around the drive wheels : see Annex 36.1.3
52.1.9. Engine hood : see Annex 52.1.9
52.1.10. Protection against hot surfaces : see Annex 52.1.10
52.1.11. Exhaust system : see Annex 52.1.11
52.1.12. Wheels : see Annex 36.1.3
52.2. Description (including photographs and drawings, if necessary)
of the protective devices employed for
52.2.1. Single surface protection : see Annex 52.2
52.2.2. Multi-surface protection : see Annex 52.2
52.2.3. Protection by total encapsulation : see Annex 52.2
52.2.4. Brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) : see Annex 52.2
52.3. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 on hot surfaces : yes/no/not applicable
are met with relevant documentation included in the information
document
52.4. Description (including drawings, sketches or photos) of the : marking of flexible hydraulic
layout and marking of flexible hydraulic hoses hoses- manufacturer’s mark,
manufacturing date,maximum
pressure
52.5. For R-category vehicles with tipping capability, description : n.a.
(including drawings, sketches or photos) of the support devices
for service and maintenance
52.6. Description and identification (including drawings, sketches or : see Annex 52.6
photos) of the greasing points and the means to access them
53. SEAT-BELT ANCHORAGES

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
53.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-1:2006 are met with : yes/no
53.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, : See Annex49.3
effective location and dimensions of the anchorages
53.3. Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle : See Annex49.3
structure to which they are See attachment (together with a
statement on the nature of the materials used)
53.4. Designation of the types of belts authorised for attachment to :n.a
the anchorages on the Vehicles
Anchorage location
Vehicle structure Seat structure
Driver's seat Lower anchorages outboard inboard
Upper anchorages left
Right
Passenger seat 1 Lower anchorages outboard inboard
Upper anchorages
Passenger seat … Lower anchorages outboard inboard
Upper anchorages
53.4.1. Observation :n.a
53.5. Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading :n.a
device, etc.)
53.6. Description of a particular type of safety belt where an :n.a

anchorage is located in the seat backrest or incorporates an
energy dissipating device
53.7. Alternative to entries 53.2 to 53.6
53.7.1 Requirements under standard ISO 3776-2:2013 are met with : yes/no/not applicable
53.7.2. Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 14 : yes/no/not applicable
document
53.7.3. Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard : yes/no/not applicable
agricultural and forestry tractors (dynamic test), OECD Code 3
with seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is

document
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
agricultural and forestry track-laying tractors, OECD Code 8 with
seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is
document
agricultural and forestry tractors (static test), OECD Code 4 with
seat-belt anchorages tested, Edition 2015 of July 2014, is
document
Code for the official testing of front mounted roll-over protective
tractors, OECD Code 6 with seat-belt anchorages tested,
53.7.7 Complete test report issued on the basis of the OECD standard : yes/no/not applicable
Code for the official testing of rear mounted roll-over protective
tractors, OECD Code 7 with seat-belt anchorages tested,
54. SAFETY BELTS
54.1. Requirements under standard ISO 3776-3:2009 are met with : yes
54.2 Test report granted a on the basis of UNECE Regulation No 16 : yes
document
54.3 Number and position of safety belts and seats on which they :
can be used, please fill out table below:
Safety belt configuration and associated information
Complete EU type- approval Variant, if Belt adjustment device
mark/ ECE type-approval applicable for height (indicate

mark yes/no/ optional)
UK
Driver's seat L n.a. n.a. n.a. Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
C E4-16R-0436258 n.a. n.a.

R n.a. n.a. n.a.
Passenger seat L n.a. n.a. n.a.
1 C n.a. n.a. n.a.
R n.a. n.a. n.a.
Passenger L n.a. n.a. n.a.
seat ... C n.a. n.a. n.a.
R n.a. n.a. n.a.
* L = left, C= centre, R=right
54.4 Brief description of electrical/electronic components : n.a
55. PROTECTION AGAINST PENETRATING OBJECTS (OPS)
55.1. T- and C-category vehicles equipped for forestry applications
55.1.1. Requirements under ISO 8084:2003 are met with relevant : no
55.2. All other T- and C-category vehicles fitted with OPS
55.2.1. Requirements under Annex 14 to UNECE Regulation 43 on : no
safety glazing are met with the relevant documentation included
56. OPERATOR'S MANUAL, INFORMATION WARNINGS AND MARKINGS
56.1. Operator's manual
56.1.1. Requirements under ISO 3600:1996, with the exception of : yes/no
section 4.3 (Machine identification), are met
56.1.2. Information requested under Annex XXII to Commission : yes/no
Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014 is provided in the
operator's manual
56.2. Information, warnings and markings
56.2.1. Requirements under ISO 3767 Parts 1 (1998+A2:2012) and, if : yes/no/not applicable
applicable, Part 2 (:2008) are met with relevant documentation
56.2.2. Alternatively to entry 56.2.1, requirements under UNECE : yes/no/not applicable
Regulation No 60 are met with relevant documentation included
56.2.3. Requirements under ISO 11684:1995 are met with relevant : yes/no/not applicable
56.2.4 Requirements under ISO 7010:2011 are met with relevant : yes/no/not applicable

UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
56.3. Description, colour coding and means for the identification of : see Annex 56.3
flow directions of hydraulic couplings (including drawings,
sketches or photos)
56.4. Description, colour coding and means of identification of safe : see Annex 56.4
jacking points (including drawings, sketches or photos)
57. DRIVER-OPERATED CONTROL DEVICES INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF CONTROL DEVICES,
TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS
57.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols : see Annex 57.1
and controls, tell-tales and indicators
57.2. Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, :
identification is mandatory, and symbols to be used for that
purpose
Sym Device for OOS Versions Control/ Identified Where Tell-tale Identified Where
bol indicator by (**) available by (**)
No available(*) symbol(*) (*) symbol(*)
1 Dipped- beam head lamps x x d - - -
2 Main- beam head lamps x x d x x d
3 Position (side) lamps x x x - - -
4 Front fog lamps - - - - - -
5 Rear fog lamp - - - - - -
6 Headlamp levelling device - - - - - -
7 Parking lamp x x x x x d
8 Direction indicators x x d x x d
9 Hazard warning x x d x x d
10 Windscreen wiper - - - - - -
11 Windscreen washer - - - - - -
12 Windscreen wiper and washer - - - - - -
13 Headlamp cleaning device - - - - - -
14 Windscreen demisting and - - - - - -
defrosting
15 Rear window demisting and - - - - - -
defrosting
16 Ventilating fan - - - - - -
17 Diesel pre- heat - - - - - -
18 Choke - - - - - -
19 Brake failure - - - - - -
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
20 Fuel level x x d x x d
21 Battery charging condition x x d x x d
22 Engine coolant temperature x x d x x d
23 Malfunction indicator light (MI) - - - - - -
Sym Device for CAB versions Control/ Identified Where Tell-tale Identified Where
bol indicator by (**) available by (**)
1 Dipped- beam head lamps x x d - - -
2 Main- beam head lamps x x d x x d
3 Position (side) lamps x x x - - -
4 Front fog lamps - - - - - -
5 Rear fog lamp - - - - - -
6 Headlamp levelling device - - - - - -
7 Parking lamp x x d x x d
8 Direction indicators x x d x x d
9 Hazard warning x x d x x d
10 Windscreen wiper - - - - - -
11 Windscreen washer - - - - - -
12 Windscreen wiper and washer x x d - - -
13 Headlamp cleaning device - - - - - -
14 Windscreen demisting and - - - - - -
defrosting
15 Rear window demisting and - - - - - -
defrosting
16 Ventilating fan - - - - - -
17 Diesel pre- heat - - - - - -
18 Choke - - - - - -
19 Brake failure - - - - - -
20 Fuel level x x d x x d
21 Battery charging condition x x d x x d
22 Engine coolant temperature x x d x x d
23 Malfunction indicator light (MI) - - - - - -
(*) x=yes
-=no or not separately available
o=optional
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
(**) d=directly on control, indicator or tell-tale
c=in close vicinity.
57.3. Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, :
identification is optional, and symbols which shall be used if they
are to be identified
Sym Device for OOS versions Control/ Identified Where Tell-tale Identified Where(
bol indicator by (**) available by **)
1 Parking brake x x c - - -
2 Rear window wiper - - - - - -
3 Rear window washer - - - - - -
4 Rear window wiper and washer - - - - - -
5 Intermittent windscreen wiper - - - - - -
6 Audible warning device - - - - - -
7 Hood - - - - - -
8 Seat belt x - - - - -
9 Engine oil pressure
10 Unleaded petrol
12 Rock shaft x x c - - -
13 SCV x x c - - -
14 PTO x x c - - -
15 diffirentail lock x x c - - -
Sym Device for CAB versions Control/ Identified Where Tell-tale Identified Where(
bol indicator by (**) available by **)
1 Parking brake x x c - - -
2 Rear window wiper - - - - - -
3 Rear window washer - - - - - -
4 Rear window wiper and washer x x d - - -
5 Intermittent windscreen wiper - - - - - -
6 Audible warning device - - - - - -
7 Hood - - - - - -
8 Seat belt x - - - - -
9 Engine oil pressure
10 Unleaded petrol
12 Rock shaft x x c - - -
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
13 SCV x x c - - -
14 PTO x x c - - -
15 diffirentail lock x x c - - -
(*) x=yes -=no or not separately available
o=optional.
(**) d=directly on control, indicator or tell-tale
c=in close vicinity.
57.4. Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, : See Annex 57.1
displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the It.s unable to reach the internal
various control devices in the interior of the vehicle and showing control devices from the ground for
for tractors without enclosed cab, how the accessibility to tractors without enclosed cab
internal control devices from the ground has been avoided
57.5. Brief description and schematic drawing of the locations, : n.a
displacement, methods of operation and colour coding of the
various control devices in the exterior of the vehicle and
indicating the front and the rear hazard zones in accordance
with Appendix 1 to Annex XXIII to Commission Delegated
Regulation (EU) No 1322/2014
57.6. Requirements under Annexes A and C to standard ISO : yes/no
15077:2008 are met with relevant documentation included in the See the relevant information above
57.7. Requirements under paragraph 4.5.3 of standard ISO 4254- : yes/no
1:2013, with the exception of fingertip operation control devices, See the relevant information above
are met with relevant documentation included in the information
document
57.8. Requirements under standard EN 15997:2011 on throttle control : yes/no/not applicable

and manual clutch control are met with relevant documentation
57.9. For vehicles of T- and C-category, requirements under standard : yes/no/not applicable
ISO 10975:2009 are met with relevant documentation included
58. PROTECTION AGAINST HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
58.1. Brief description (including drawings and photographs) of the air : n.a
delivery and filtration system, including the devices to obtain a

positive differential within the cab and the air flow of fresh
UK
filtered air Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
58.2. Requirements under standard EN 15695-1: category 1/category : yes/no
2/category 3 category 4 on cab classification with regard to
protection against hazardous substances are met with relevant
58.3. Requirements under standard EN 15695-2: Dust filter/Aerosol :yes/no
filter/Vapour filter on filters with regard to protection against
hazardous substances are met with relevant documentation
59. FOR T- AND C-CATEGORY VEHICLES, MACHINERY MOUNTED ON THE VEHICLE
59.1. General description of the machinery and its inter-action with the : n.a
vehicle
59.2. Overall drawing of the machinery and drawings of the control : n.a
circuits, as well as the pertinent descriptions and explanations
necessary for understanding the operation of the machinery
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
ANNEX 1-001
WVTA type designation ( TVV )
TYPE VARIANT VERSION
N3 POS ? ?? ??? ? ? ??? ? X ? /??????? X
0 = Incomplete 1
1 = Complete
09, 12, 13, 16 = Litre swept volume
111 = First axle steered
220 = First and second axle steered
230 = First and third axle steered
240 = First and fourth axle steered
2 = Second axle driven.
3 = Third axle driven.
4 = Second and third axle driven.
5 = Third and fourth axle driven.
6 = First and third axle driven.
7 = First and second axle driven.
8 = First,third and fourth axle driven.
9 = First,second and third axle driven.
1 = Fourth and fifth axle driven.
Y = All axle driven.
C = Compression ignition, four stroke.
P = Positive ignition, four stroke.
Max technical gross weight.
??? = ??? x 100 Kg
A = Wheel brake
B = Wheel brake
C = Wheel brake
X = Reserved position.
T = Tractor.
R = Rigid.
DC????? = Engine type
X = Reserved position.
UK
Approval
Authority

05-Nov-19
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
ANNEX 1-002
GENERAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS OR SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNITS
Component EC-type approval number Date of type Approval
ROPS Provide later on
Coupling device
E4-43R-010998-00
30 Dec, 2014
(Windshield NF101421)
Glass(cab model) E4-43R-010943-01
30 Dec, 2014
E4-43R-011668 7 Aug, 2015
E1-46R-021136 E1-46R-
Mirror 021136(cab model, 18 Dec, 2009
external)
Seat
Horn E32-28R-0 00004 12 May, 2015
Head Lamps (LHD) E4-112R-000243-01 14 Jun, 2011
Head Lamps (RHD)
Dipped beam head Lamps (LHD) E4-112R-000243-01 14 Jun, 2011
Dipped beam head Lamps (RHD)
Front position Lamp E13-7R-01 5731 27 Jun, 1995
Front direction indicator E13-6R-01 5731 27 Jun, 1995
Rear direction indicator E4-6R-0110220 2 Aug, 2006
Stop lamp
Rear position Lamp E4-6R-0110220 2 Aug, 2006
Rear registration plate lamp E1-4R-0022819/1-V 4 Feb, 2005
E24-3R-020031 8 Aug, 2013

Rear retro-reflector
E4-3R-02 10220 2 Aug, 2006
E11-96R-
021082(6110B,6120B.6135 3 Oct, 2013

Emission
B)
E11-96R-022514 24 Dec, 2015
Annex 1.2 Type UK

Approval
Authority
Page 70 of Specification Approval05-Nov-19

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Maximum Rollover
Power
Type Variant Version laden mass Transmision Type Protection
difference
difference Structure
6095B OOS A=
YR01AAADD A = 95HP A = 6200kg D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K D = OOS
Standard 6095B
6095B OOS A=
YR01AAAMD A = 95HP A = 6200kg M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K D = OOS
Deluxe 6095B
6095B CAB A=
YR01AAAEC A = 95HP A = 6200kg E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K C = CAB
Premium 6095B
6095B CAB A=
YR01AAAMC A = 95HP A = 6200kg M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K C = CAB
Deluxe 6095B
6110B OOS B=
YR01BBBDD B = 110HP B = 6800kg D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K D = OOS
Standard 6110B
6110B OOS B=
YR01BBBND B = 110HP B = 6800kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K D = OOS
Deluxe 6110B
6110B CAB B=
YR01BBBFC B = 110HP B = 6800kg F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Premium 6110B
6110B CAB B=
YR01BBBNC B = 110HP B = 6800kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Deluxe 6110B
6120B OOS C=
YR01CCCDD C = 120HP C = 7750kg D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K D = OOS
Standard 6120B
6120B OOS C=
YR01CCCND C = 120HP C = 7750kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K D = OOS
Deluxe 6120B
6120B CAB C=
YR01CCCFC C = 120HP C = 7750kg F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Premium 6120B
6120B CAB C=
YR01CCCNC C = 120HP C = 7750kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Deluxe 6120B
6135B OOS D=
YR01DDDDD D = 135HP D = 8000kg D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K D = OOS
Standard 6135B
6135B OOS D=
YR01DDDND D = 135HP D = 8000kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K D = OOS
Deluxe 6135B
6135B CAB D=
YR01DDDFC D = 135HP D = 8000kg F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Premium 6135B
6135B CAB D=
YR01DDDNC D = 135HP D = 8000kg N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K C = CAB
Deluxe 6135B
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 1.5.3 Drawings of the statutory plate
Annex 1.6.2 Locations of the vehicle identification number
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Unit: mm
Type Dimension – A Dimension - B
6095B 815 17.5
6110B 665 17.5
6120B 665 20.5
6135B 665 20.5
Annex 3.1 Photographs of a representative version of the vehicle

See photo of tractor later, OOS and Cab
Annex 3.2 Drawing of the whole vehicle
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
OOS Version
Dimension (mm) 6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
A Wheelbase 2310 2560 2560 2560
B Front wheel tread 1729 1740 1740 1740
C Rear wheel tread 1713 1713 1710 1710
D Overall Length 4655 4835 4835 4835
E Overall Width 2200 2200 2300 2300
For OOS versions:

2825 2880 2920 2920
Overall (to top of Roof)
F
Height For Cab versions:
2880 2940 2940 2940
(to top of beacon light)
Forward overhang 1130 1060 1060 1060

G
Approach angle 33º 36º 38º 38º
Rear overhang 1215 1215 1215 1215

H
Departure angle 32º 36º 42º 42º
Annex 3.5.1 Chassis overall drawing
Type Variant Transmision Type Drawing #
6095B OOS Standard YR01AAADD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 3.5.1.a
6095B OOS Deluxe YR01AAAMD M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 3.5.1.a
6095B CAB Premium YR01AAAEC E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K 3.5.1.a
6095B CAB Deluxe YR01AAAMC M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 3.5.1.a
6110B OOS Standard YR01BBBDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 3.5.1.c
6110B OOS Deluxe YR01BBBND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6110B CAB Premium YR01BBBFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6110B CAB Deluxe YR01BBBNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6120B OOS Standard YR01CCCDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 3.5.1.c
6120B OOS Deluxe YR01CCCND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6120B CAB Premium YR01CCCFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6120B CAB Deluxe YR01CCCNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6135B OOS Standard YR01DDDDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 3.5.1.c
6135B OOS Deluxe YR01DDDND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6135B CAB Premium YR01DDDFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
6135B CAB Deluxe YR01DDDNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 3.5.1.b
Drawing of 3.5.1.a
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Drawing of 3.5.1.b
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Drawing of 3.5.1.c
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 4.1.1.1 Unladen mass(es) in running order

6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
Unladen mass(es) in running order
Maximum 4700 5450 5690 5690
Minimum 4650 5400 5640 5640
Distribution of this (these) mass(es) among the axles
Front 1970-1950 2480-2460 2580-2560 2580-2560
Rear 2730-2700 2970-2940 3110-3080 3110-3080
Technically permissible maximum mass(es) per axle
Total 6200 6800 7750 8000
Front 2500 2750 3000 3000
Rear 4800 5200 5800 6200
Limits the distribution of the maximum mass between the axles in percentage
Front axle,% 40 40 40 40
Rear axle,% 60 60 60 60
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 4.2.2 Completed vehicle dimensions

6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
Length for on-road use (Unit: mm)
Maximum 4655 4835 4835 4835
Minimum 4655 4835 4835 4835
Width for on-road use (Unit: mm)
Maximum 2200 2200 2300 2300

Minimum 2200 2200 2300 2300
Height for on-road use (Unit: mm) – OOS versions
Maximum 2825 2880 2920 2920

Minimum 2825 2880 2920 2920
Height for on-road use (Unit: mm) – Cab versions
Maximum 2880 2940 2940 2940
Minimum 2880 2940 2940 2940
Forward overhang (Unit: mm)
Maximum 1130 1060 1060 1060

Minimum 1130 1060 1060 1060
Rear overhang (Unit: mm)
Maximum 1215 1215 1215 1215

Minimum 1010 1010 1010 1010
Ground clearance (Unit: mm)
Maximum 330 360 410 410
Minimum 330 360 410 410
Wheelbase 2310 2560 2560 2560

Distance(s) between 2310 2560 2560 2560
consecutive axles 1-2
Maximum and minimum width of track of each axle
Front - Maximum 2025 2036 2036 2036
Front – Minimum 1636 1636 1636 1636
Rear - Maximum 2013 2013 2020 2020
Rear – Minimum 1613 1613 1621 1621
Annex 5.1 Maximum vehicle speed

Type Variant Transmision Declared Calculated maximum design vehicle Measured Declared
Type maximum speed in top gear maximum rearward

UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
design r, power n, Engine rpm, power vehicle maximum
vehicle tire radius Rated rpm axle rpm speed design vehicle
speed speed
6095B OOS YR01AAADD D = 12F/4R See test

27.3 724 2200 99.9 28.1
Standard DC TSS 30K report
6095B OOS YR01AAAMD M = 24F/12R See test

27.3 724 2200 99.9 28.1
Deluxe WC TSS 30K report
6095B CAB YR01AAAEC E = 24F/8R See test

27.3 724 2200 99.9 28.1
Premium WC TSS 30K report
6095B CAB YR01AAAMC M = 24F/12R See test

27.3 724 2200 99.9 28.1
6110B OOS YR01BBBDD D = 12F/4R See test

29.4 780 2200 99.9 30.3
6110B OOS YR01BBBND N = 24F/12R See test

36.8 780 2200 125.06 33.5
6110B CAB YR01BBBFC F = 24F/8R See test

36.8 780 2200 125.06 33.5
6110B CAB YR01BBBNC N = 24F/12R See test

36.8 780 2200 125.06 33.5
6120B OOS YR01CCCDD D = 12F/4R See test

30.9 820 2200 99.9 31.9
6120B OOS YR01CCCND N = 24F/12R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
6120B CAB YR01CCCFC F = 24F/8R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
6120B CAB YR01CCCNC N = 24F/12R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
6135B OOS YR01DDDDD D = 12F/4R See test

30.9 820 2200 99.9 31.9
6135B OOS YR01DDDND N = 24F/12R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
6135B CAB YR01DDDFC F = 24F/8R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
6135B CAB YR01DDDNC N = 24F/12R See test

38.7 820 2200 125.06 35.3
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 5.2 Engine power and torque

Tractor Type Variants Engine Model Rated engine Max. Engine Max. Engine
net power net power torque
6095B YR01AAADD 4045HCP04 70 kW 70 kW 375 N.m
YR01AAAMD
YR01AAAEC
YR01AAAMC
6110B YR01BBBDD 4045HCP05 81 kW 84 kW 452 N.m

YR01BBBND
YR01BBBFC
YR01BBBNC
6120B YR01CCCDD 4045HCP10 88 kW 92 kW 495 N.m

YR01CCCND
YR01CCCFC
YR01CCCNC
6135B YR01DDDDD 4045HCP11 99 kW 102 kW 555 N.m

YR01DDDND
YR01DDDFC
YR01DDDNC
Annex 6.10 Combustion chamber and piston crown
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4045HCP04
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
4045HCP05, 4045HCP10, 4045HCP11
Annex 10.2 Exhaust system
4045HCP04 4045HCP05, 4045HCP10 & 4045HCP11
Annex 10.3.1 Intake manifold
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 10.3.2 Air filter

Tractor Type Variants Air Filter Type
6095B YR01AAADD, YR01AAAMD, YR01AAAEC, YR01AAAMC FP G088603
6110B YR01BBBDD, YR01BBBND, YR01BBBFC, YR01BBBNC PS D090015
6120B YR01CCCDD, YR01CCCND, YR01CCCFC, YR01CCCNC PS D090015
6135B YR01DDDDD, YR01DDDND, YR01DDDFC, YR01DDDNC PS D090015
FP G088603
PS D090015
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 10.4.1 Exhaust manifold
Annex 10.4.2 Exhaust system UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 11.1 Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system
6095B OOS Standard YR01AAADD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.1.a
6095B OOS Deluxe YR01AAAMD M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 11.1.c
6095B CAB Premium YR01AAAEC E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K 11.1.b
6095B CAB Deluxe YR01AAAMC M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 11.1.c
6110B OOS Standard YR01BBBDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.1.a
6110B OOS Deluxe YR01BBBND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c
6110B CAB Premium YR01BBBFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.1.b
6110B CAB Deluxe YR01BBBNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c
6120B OOS Standard YR01CCCDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.1.a
6120B OOS Deluxe YR01CCCND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c
6120B CAB Premium YR01CCCFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.1.b
6120B CAB Deluxe YR01CCCNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c
6135B OOS Standard YR01DDDDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.1.a
6135B OOS Deluxe YR01DDDND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c
6135B CAB Premium YR01DDDFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.1.b

UK
6135B CAB Deluxe YR01DDDNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.1.c Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Drawings of 11.1.a
Speed shift of gear box Range shift of gear box
Control of clutch
Drawings of 11.1.b
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Control of clutch
Drawings of 11.1.c
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Control of clutch
Annex 11.2.1 Brief description and schematic drawing of gear shift system(s) and its control
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 11.2.2 Transmission Diagram

6095B OOS Standard YR01AAADD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.2.2.a
6095B OOS Deluxe YR01AAAMD M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 11.2.2.d
6095B CAB Premium YR01AAAEC E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K 11.2.2.b
6095B CAB Deluxe YR01AAAMC M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K 11.2.2.d
6110B OOS Standard YR01BBBDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.2.2.a
6110B OOS Deluxe YR01BBBND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
6110B CAB Premium YR01BBBFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.c
6110B CAB Deluxe YR01BBBNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
6120B OOS Standard YR01CCCDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.2.2.a
6120B OOS Deluxe YR01CCCND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
6120B CAB Premium YR01CCCFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.c
6120B CAB Deluxe YR01CCCNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
6135B OOS Standard YR01DDDDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K 11.2.2.a
6135B OOS Deluxe YR01DDDND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
6135B CAB Premium YR01DDDFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.c
6135B CAB Deluxe YR01DDDNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K 11.2.2.e
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Drawing of 11.2.2.a Transmission diagram of 12F/4R 30K Drawing of 11.2.2.b Transmission diagram of 24F/8R 30K
Drawing of 11.2.2.c Transmission diagram of 24F/8R 40K Drawing of 11.2.2.d Transmission diagram of 24F/12R 30K
Drawing of 11.2.2.e Transmission diagram of 24F/12R 40K
Annex 11.2.3 Type of Transmission UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Type Variant Transmision Type
6095B OOS Standard YR01AAADD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
6095B OOS Deluxe YR01AAAMD M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K
6095B CAB Premium YR01AAAEC E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K
6095B CAB Deluxe YR01AAAMC M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K
6110B OOS Standard YR01BBBDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
6110B OOS Deluxe YR01BBBND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
6110B CAB Premium YR01BBBFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K
6110B CAB Deluxe YR01BBBNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
6120B OOS Standard YR01CCCDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
6120B OOS Deluxe YR01CCCND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
6120B CAB Premium YR01CCCFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K
6120B CAB Deluxe YR01CCCNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
6135B OOS Standard YR01DDDDD D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
6135B OOS Deluxe YR01DDDND N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
6135B CAB Premium YR01DDDFC F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K
6135B CAB Deluxe YR01DDDNC N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
Annex 11.2.4 Brief description of the electrical/electronic devices
All types of transmissions are equipped with electro - hydraulic steering fully or partially: table 11.4. When you
have a system with electro - hydraulic, electric brake control sensor signal arrives at the cabin, control unit is
converted to an electronic signal and transmitted to the transmission control unit via CAN bus. Transmission control
unit sends appropriate signals to valves and sensors.
Transmission Type Description
Planetary transmission with mechanical drive. Change of direction mechanically,

D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
use clutch
Planetary transmission with mechanical drive. Change of direction mechanically,

E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K
use clutch. Shifting between Hi and Lo gear via electro-hydraulic way, under
F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K load, without using the clutch
M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K Planetary transmission with mechanical drive. Change of direction mechanical or
electro-hydraulic way, under load, without using the clutch. Shifting between Hi
N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
and Lo gear via electro-hydraulic way, under load, without using the clutch
Annex 11.2.6 Types and methods of transmission control
Transmission Type Reverse type Gear shifting Switch ranges
D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical

UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical
F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical
M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K Electro-hydraulic Mechanical Mechanical
N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K Electro-hydraulic Mechanical Mechanical
Annex 11.3.1 Clutch Type
Transmission Type Clutch control
D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K Mechanical, dry, independent and double founctional
E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K Electro-hydraulic, Wet Multi plate
F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K Electro-hydraulic, Wet Multi plate
M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K Electro-hydraulic, Wet Multi plate
N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K Electro-hydraulic, Wet Multi plate
Drawing of the clutch and its control system
Annex 11.4 Gear ratios
D = 12F/4R DC TSS 30K
Gear Internal gearbox ratios Internal transfer box ratios Final drive gear ratio Overall gear ratio
A1 5.279 5.900 7.071 220.213
A2 3.699 5.900 7.071 154.318
A3 2.784 5.900 7.071 116.133

UK
B1 2.583 5.900 7.071 107.741Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
B2 1.810 5.900 7.071 75.502
B3 1.362 5.900 7.071 56.819
C1 1.533 5.900 7.071 63.943
C2 1.074 5.900 7.071 44.809
C3 0.808 5.900 7.071 33.722
D1 1.001 5.900 7.071 41.759
D2 0.701 5.900 7.071 29.263
D3 0.528 5.900 7.071 22.022
E = 24F/8R WC TSS 30K
M = 24F/12R WC TSS 30K
HA1 5.279 5.900 7.071 220.213
HA2 3.699 5.900 7.071 154.318
HA3 2.784 5.900 7.071 116.133
HB1 2.583 5.900 7.071 107.741
HB2 1.810 5.900 7.071 75.502
HB3 1.362 5.900 7.071 56.819
HC1 1.533 5.900 7.071 63.943
HC2 1.074 5.900 7.071 44.809
HC3 0.808 5.900 7.071 33.722
HD1 1.001 5.900 7.071 41.759
HD2 0.701 5.900 7.071 29.263
HD3 0.528 5.900 7.071 22.022
LA1 6.255 5.900 7.071 260.953
LA2 4.383 5.900 7.071 182.867
LA3 3.299 5.900 7.071 137.617
LB1 3.060 5.900 7.071 127.674
LB2 2.145 5.900 7.071 89.469
LB3 1.614 5.900 7.071 67.331
LC1 1.816 5.900 7.071 75.773
LC2 1.273 5.900 7.071 53.099
LC3 0.958 5.900 7.071 39.960
LD1 1.186 5.900 7.071 49.484
LD2 0.831 5.900 7.071 34.677 UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
LD3 0.626 5.900 7.071 26.096
F = 24F/8R WC TSS 40K
N = 24F/12R WC TSS 40K
HA1 6.171 5.300 7.071 231.248
HA2 4.115 5.300 7.071 154.209
HA3 3.022 5.300 7.071 113.245
HB1 2.559 5.300 7.071 95.883
HB2 1.706 5.300 7.071 63.940
HB3 1.253 5.300 7.071 46.955
HC1 1.500 5.300 7.071 56.205
HC2 1.000 5.300 7.071 37.481
HC3 0.734 5.300 7.071 27.524
HD1 0.959 5.300 7.071 35.940
HD2 0.640 5.300 7.071 23.967
HD3 0.470 5.300 7.071 17.600
LA1 7.312 5.300 7.071 274.028
LA2 4.876 5.300 7.071 182.738
LA3 3.581 5.300 7.071 134.196
LB1 3.032 5.300 7.071 113.621
LB2 2.022 5.300 7.071 75.769
LB3 1.485 5.300 7.071 55.642
LC1 1.777 5.300 7.071 66.603
LC2 1.185 5.300 7.071 44.415
LC3 0.870 5.300 7.071 32.616
LD1 1.136 5.300 7.071 42.589
LD2 0.758 5.300 7.071 28.401
LD3 0.557 5.300 7.071 20.856
Annex 13.1 Diagram of the steering equipment
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
1 - Metering block
2 - Steering control valve
3 - Steering cylinder
4 - Relief valve
5 - Check valve
Annex 13.5 Minimum turning circle without braking with MFWD on (unit: mm)
Type Variant To the right To the left
6095B OOS Standard YR01AAADD 9000 9000
6095B OOS Deluxe YR01AAAMD 9000 9000
6095B CAB Premium YR01AAAEC 9000 9000
6095B CAB Deluxe YR01AAAMC 9000 9000
6110B OOS Standard YR01BBBDD 11000 11000
6110B OOS Deluxe YR01BBBND 11000 11000
6110B CAB Premium YR01BBBFC 11000 11000
6110B CAB Deluxe YR01BBBNC 11000 11000 UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6120B OOS Standard YR01CCCDD 11000 11000
6120B OOS Deluxe YR01CCCND 11000 11000
6120B CAB Premium YR01CCCFC 11000 11000
6120B CAB Deluxe YR01CCCNC 11000 11000
6135B OOS Standard YR01DDDDD 11000 11000
6135B OOS Deluxe YR01DDDND 11000 11000
6135B CAB Premium YR01DDDFC 11000 11000
6135B CAB Deluxe YR01DDDNC 11000 11000
Annex 13.5.3.1 Method and diagram of operation
Annex 15.1 Forward field of vision
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 15.2 Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013/ ISO 5721-2:2014

Test requirements, result and verdict
Clause Requirement─ test Result Verdict
Requirements under ISO 5721-1:2013
4.2 The eye position shall be located 680 mm above and 20 mm in Conformed P
front of the seat index point when determined in accordance with
ISO 5353
5.1.2 Masking effects due to adjacent structural components over All separation of P
80 mm in width shall be so configured that there is an obscuration fulfill
interval of not less than 2 200 mm - measured as a chord of requirements
the semi-circle of vision to the front - between the centres
of two masking effects.
There shall be no more than six masking effects in the semi- One masking effects in P
circle of vision to the front and no more than two inside the the semi-circle of vision
sector of vision to the front. to the front
Outside the sector of vision to the front, masking effects Component generation P
exceeding 700 mm but not exceeding 1 500 mm are, however, masking effects in the
permissible if the components causing them cannot be semi-circle:
redesigned or relocated: on each side there may be a total of Pillar A:216mm
either two such masking effects, one not exceeding 700 mm and Side Pillar:--395mm
the other not exceeding 1 500 mm, or two such masking effects,
neither exceeding 1 200 mm
5.1.3 Blind spots caused by rear-view mirrors shall be disregarded if Yes P
the design of these mirrors is such that they cannot be installed

in any other way. position when operated. This shall operate by
cutting off the fuel or ignition (for spark ignition engines) supply. UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
This device may include air supply cut-off.
5.1.4 Tractors fitted with windscreens shall be equipped with power- N.A P
driven windscreen wipers and the area swept by these wipers
shall ensure an unobstructed forward view corresponding to a
chord of the semicircle of vision to the front at least 8 m long
within the sector of vision to the front.
The rate of operation of the windscreen wipers shall have at n.a P
least one setting that provides a minimum of 20 cycles per
minute.
Test case applies to the test object…………………: A
Test case does not apply to the test object…………: N/A
Test item does meet the requirement………………: P(ass)
Test item does not meet the requirement…………..: F(ail)
Test figure for ISO 5721-1:2013
Annex 16.1.2 Windscreen wiper
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 16.2.1 Windscreen washer
Annex 16.3.1 Defrosting and demisting

Not equipped.
Annex 18.4 Rear view mirror(s)
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Tractor Type Variants Dimension – A Dimension – B Dimension – C

YR01AAADD
6095B OOS 1235 2701 352
YR01AAAMD
YR01BBBDD
6110B OOS 1235 2757 352
YR01BBBND
YR01CCCDD
6120B OOS 1235 2797 352
YR01CCCND
YR01DDDDD
6135B OOS 1235 2797 352
YR01DDDND
YR01AAAEC
6095B Cab 1368 2403 962
YR01AAAMC
YR01BBBFC
6110B Cab 1368 2443 962
YR01BBBNC UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
YR01CCCFC
6120B Cab 1368 2483 962
YR01CCCNC
YR01DDDFC
6135B Cab 1368 2483 962
YR01DDDNC
Annex 18.5 Method of attachment
Annex 21.1 List of Lights
Type- The
Purpose of the Light Type Make(s) approval Colour Corresponding Max. Intensity
Mark(s) Tell-tale
Headlight Low Beam SJ10886 Lumax Emark White - -
Headlight High Beam SJ10886 Lumax Emark White Blue 25000cd
Front Turning Light AL75642 COBO Emark Amber Green -
Front Position Light AL75642 COBO Emark White - -
Rear Turning Light AL210180 Hella Emark Amber Green -
Rear Position Light AL210180 Hella Emark Red - -
Brake Light AL210180 Hella Emark Red - -
Work Lights OOS SJ35098 Xinglong

Na White - -
Work Lights CAB SJ23733 Xinglong
Rear registration plate

AL110095 Hella Emark White - -
lamp
Annex 21.2 Position of the Lights
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B

A Dipped-beam headlamp/ Main-beam headlamp 1304 1360 1400 1400
height
B Front work light height (OOS) 1764 1820 1860 1860
B Front work light height (CAB) 2517 2557 2597 2597
C Front turning/position light height (OOS) 1993 2049 2089 2089
C Front turning/position light height (CAB) 1687 1727 1767 1767
D Rear work light height (OOS) 2027 2083 2123 2123
D Rear work light height (CAB) 2518 2558 2598 UK
2598
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
E Rear registration plate lamp height 1781 1837 1877 1877

F Rear turning/position light height 1604 1660 1700 1700
G Rear reflector height 652 708 748 748
H Distance between two headlight 325 325 325 325
I Distance between two front turning lights (OOS) 1651 1651 1651 1651
I Distance between two front position lights (OOS) 1651 1651 1651 1651
I Distance between two front turning lights (CAB) 1396 1396 1396 1396
I Distance between two front position lights (CAB) 1396 1396 1396 1396
J Distance between two front work lights (OOS) 1783 1783 1783 1783
J Distance between two front work lights (CAB) 933 933 933 933
K Distance between two rear reflectors 1040 1040 1040 1040
L Distance between two rear work lights (OOS) 1120 1120 1120 1120
L Distance between two rear work lights (CAB) 1188 1188 1188 1188
M Distance between two rear turning lights 1360 1360 1360 1360
M Distance between two rear position lights 1360 1360 1360 1360
N Distance between rear registration plate lamp to 827 827 827 827
center
Annex 21.4.1 Requirements for every lamp and reflector

Dipped-beam headlamp/ Main-beam headlamp – SJ10886
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Dipped-beam headlamp/ Main-beam headlamp – SJ10886
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Front position lamp and Front direction indicator – AL75642
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Rear direction indicator, Rear position lamp and Stop lamp - AL210180
Rear registration plate lamp – AL110095
Rear reflex reflector - AL171450
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 22.3.1 Photographs of the interior fittings
Annex 22.5.1 Number, location and dimensions of the footrests

No foot reat equiped.
Annex 23.1 Relevant reference lines and the constituent materials of the frontal part of the vehicle
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 23.3 Drawing of the floor line

S Version
Cab Version
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 24.4.1 Engine compartment and adjacent parts of the passenger compartment
Annex 24.4.4 Value of the direct-current resistance, and resistance per meter
Ref Type Specification Direct-current Flame retardant

resistance (Ω/km) coefficient (°C)
1 FLRY-B 0.5 37.1 105 UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
2 FLRY-B 0.75 24.7 105
3 FLRY-B 1 18.5 105
4 FLRY-B 1.5 12.7 105
5 FLRY-B 2.5 7.6 105
6 FLRY-B 4 4.7 105
7 FLRY-B 6 3.1 105
8 QVR 50 0.386 70
Annex 25.3 Audible warning device(s)
Tractor Type Dimension – A Dimension – B Dimension – C

6095B 625 1489 152
6110B 625 1545 152
6120B 625 1585 152
6135B 625 1585 152
Annex 26.4.1 HEATING SYSTEM
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 26.4.3 HEATER CORE
Annex 26.5.1 AC SYSTEM
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 27.1.3.1 Protective device(s)
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 27.1.3.2 Main components comprising the protective device(s)
Annex 28.1 Rear registration plate UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Model A B
6095B 2088 1864
6110B 2144 1920
6120B 2184 1960
6135B 2184 1960
Annex 29 Ballast masses (Unit: kg, mm)
Front Ballast
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Rear Ballast
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
OOS 6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
Number of components
Front 6 12 12 12
Rear 4 8 8 8
Mass of the components (Unit: kg)
Front 300 600 600 600
Rear 220 440 440 440
Total mass 520 1040 1040 1040
Distribution of these masses among the axles
Ballast Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle
Front 405 -105 780 -180 780 -180 780 -180
Rear 0 220 0 440 0 440 0 440
Cab 6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
Number of components
UK
Front 6 12 12 12 Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Rear 2 2 8 8
Mass of the components (Unit: kg)
Front 300 600 600 600
Rear 110 110 440 440
Total mass 410 710 1040 1040
Distribution of these masses among the axles
Ballast Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle
Front 405 -105 780 -180 780 -180 780 -180
Rear 0 110 0 110 0 440 0 440
Annex 30.1 Power circuit components

Copy again from Annex 27.1.3.2
Annex 30.2 Schematic diagram of all electrical function
6B_CAB_Electrical
_System_Schematic_Diagram.pdf
6B CAB的原理图
Annex 31 Fuel Tank
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
150L Fuel Tank 220L Fuel Tank
150L Fuel Tank on 6095B 220L Fuel Tank on 6110B, 6120B, 6135B
Annex 34.1 Front coupling device
Unit: mm 6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
A 1038 968 968 968
B 780 834 874 874
Annex 36.1.3 Wheel guards and their position on the vehicle

Front Fender
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Dimensions
Model Front Tyre
A B C
6095B 320/85R24 31 40 100
6110B 340/85R24 58 22 43
6120B 380/85R24 55 88 2
6135B 380/85R24 55 88 2
Rear Fender
Dimensions
Model Rear Tyre
A B C
6095B 420/85R34 91 180 70
6110B 460/85R34 71 136 96
6120B 460/85R38 76 88 101
6135B 460/85R38 76 88 101
Annex 38.1 Mechanical Coupling

UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
The height of the coupling point on the supporting surface
maximum, mm 452 512 512 512
minimum, mm 452 512 512 512
Distance from the vertical median plane of the rear axle
maximum, mm 1112 1112 1112 1112
minimum, mm 812 812 812 812
Annex 41.1 Drawing of suspension and its control system

UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
OOS Version
Cab Version
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 41.7 Springing parts of the suspension
Annex 42.1 Description of each axle

Tractor Type Front Axle – AG105 Front Axle - 733
6095B X
6110B X
6120B X
6135B X
Front Axle Dimension - DANA AG105
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Front axle Dimension - DANA 733
Rear axle Dimensions
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 42.8 Dimension of tyre on braked axle
6095B 6110B 6120B 6135B
Dimensions of the largest
permissible tyres on braked 420/85R34: 460/85R34 460/85R38 460/85R38
axles
Nominal rolling circumference of

4745 mm 4945 mm 5260 mm 5260 mm
the largest tyres on braked axles
Dimensions of the largest

Front: 320/85R24 Front: 340/85R24 Front: 380/85R24 Front: 380/85R24
permissible tyres on powered
Rear：420/85R34 Rear：460/85R34 Rear：460/85R38 Rear：460/85R38
axles:
Nominal rolling circumference of

Front: 3465 Front: 3547 Front: 3750 Front: 3750
the of the largest tyres on
Rear：4745 Rear：4945 Rear：5260 Rear：5260
powered axles:.
Annex 43.4.1 Braking system
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
B - Locking of brake pedals for
driving on public roads
C - Mechanical brake linkage
between brake pedal and brake
linings
D - Brake pads
E - Brake pressure rings
F-H - Planetary final drive
F - Sun gear
G - Planetary pinion
H - Ring gears
K - Ball ramp brake

N - Differential locking
mechanism
Braking system scheme
Annex 43.4.4 Calculation for the braking system
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 46.2.2.2.2 Grasping area and accessible zones
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 46.3 Position of the ROPS and SIP
Annex 49.2 Seat Reference point(s) UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Seat Type Seat Type

Tractor Type
DS44/1HB MSG 85/721
6095B X X
6110B X X
6120B X X
6135B X X
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Seat - MSG 85/721
Seat - DS44/1HB
Annex 50.1.1 Operating Space
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 50.2.1 Access to the driving position
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 51.2.2 Main Power Take-off
Rated Speed PTO Corresponding Engine Ratio of power take-off Power

Verisons
(min-1) speed (min-1) revolution to that of the engine (kW)
540 2085.5 0.2589

6095B 61.6
1000 2065.2 0.4842
540 2085.5 0.2589

6110B 71.3
1000 2065.2 0.4842
540 2085.5 0.2589

6120B 77.8
1000 2065.2 0.4842
540 2085.5 0.2589

6135B 87.5
1000 2065.2 0.4842
Annex 51.2.4 Power take-off guard
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 52.1.1 Control devices-covered by soft materia
Annex 52.1.2 Rear three point lifting mechanism
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 52.1.4 Driving seat and environment
Annex 52.1.6 Steering and swing axle-isolate by soft material
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 52.1.9 Engine Hood
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 52.1.10 Protection against hot surfaces
Annex 52.1.11 Exhaust system
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 52.2 Protection of engine parts, projecting parts and wheels

OOS Version
Cab Version
Annex 52.6 Greasing points UK

Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 56.3 Identification of flow directions of hydraulic couplings
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 56.4 Identification of safe jacking points
UK
Approval
Authority

num.
AAA Co., Ltd.
BBB Road, CCC City,
Rev. No.: 00
DDD Province,
Issue date:
P.R. China
Annex 57.1 Symbols and controls, tell-tales and indicators
UK
Approval
Authority

num.

CSV472137 John Deere (Tianjin) 6110B Test Report

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

CSV472137 John Deere (Tianjin) 6110B Test Report

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CSV472137 John Deere (Tianjin) 6110B Test Report

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VCA, 1 Eastgate Office Centre,

Eastgate Road, Bristol, BS5 6XX, United Kingdom

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Commission Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 as amended by 2018/830

Location of Test: Luoyang Tractor Research Institute Co., Ltd

Name and Address: John Deere (Tianjin) Company Limited

Witness Engineer/ Test Engineer

Annex No of Pages Subject

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Issue 0 is original report

Worst Case Rationale

Vehicle Identification Number: See the sub-test report

Facility and Equipment Checks

Calibration certificates checked and valid, recorded in the following table: NA

Equipment Serial / Certificate No. Calibration due*

*Specify calibrated date + (interval) or calibration due date.

Test Report History

Report Number Level of WV Extension Reason for Extension Date of Issue

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Test Report References

Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements (continued)

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Vehicle Functional Safety Requirements (continued)

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Vehicle Construction Requirements (continued)

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Vehicle Construction Requirements (continued)

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Commission Regulation (EU) No 2015/68 as amended by 2018/828

Location of Test: Luoyang Tractor Research Institute Co., Ltd

Name and Address: John Deere(Tianjin) Company Limited

Witness Engineer/Test Engineer

Name: Nitin Jangra

Annex No of Pages Subject UK

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

II 3 6110B brake test-Variant4

Issue 0 is original report

Worst Case Rationale

Variant1 6110B-Cab-Premium as tested vehicle to cover variant2 6110B-Cab-Deluxe

Significant Interpretations, Alternative Test Methods, New Technologies

Yes, NA, See Report … / Approval … / Annex …

Vehicle Identification Number Variant1:1YR6110BTKF500841

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Mass of Vehicle, as Tested Front Rear Total

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Facility and Equipment Checks

Equipment Serial / Certificate No. Calibration due*

Report Number: CSV472137 Issue: 0

Annex I – Construction and Fitting Requirements

The braking components, separate technical units and parts so

In particular, the braking components, separate technical units and

Ann I, 2.1.1.3. Brake linings do not contain asbestos. Yes

No components or parts (such as valves) that would allow the

Service braking system

Secondary braking system

Parking braking system